Logiq P5

 

GE Healthcare

Technical Publication Dir irecti ectio o n 5394 539414 141 1 Revis vision ion 1 GE Healthcare LOGIQ™P5 Service Manual

Operating Documentation

Copyright© 2010 by General Electric Co.

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

Pag e 1-2

L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA  ANUAL L

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Tab l e of Co nt nte en ts CHAPTER 1

Introduction Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 .1- 1 Purpose of Chapter Chapt er 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 Purpose of Service Ser vice Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 Typical Users of the Basic Basic Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 LOGIQ™ P5 Models Covered Covered by this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Purpose of Operator Operator Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Important Conventions Co nventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Conventions Used in Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Standard Hazard Hazar d Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Product Icons Icon s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5 WEEE Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 .1- 7 Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 Introduction Introducti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 Human Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 Mechanicall Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 Mechanica Electrical Electri cal Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Label Locations Locati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Dangerous Procedure Procedure Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Lockout/Tagout Lockout/Tag out Requirements (F (For or USA Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 EMC, EMI, and ESD . . Compatibility . . . . . . . . . .(EMC) . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .1-17 Electromagnetic C. ompatibility .1-17 CE Compliance Complia nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Electrostatic Discharge Discharge (ESD) Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Customer Assistance Ass istance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Contact Information Inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 System Manufacturer Manufa cturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Tab l e o f Co n t en t s

3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 2

Pre-Installation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 Purpose of chapter cha pter 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 General Console Co nsole Requirements Requi rements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 Console Environmental Requirements Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 EMI Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Scan Probe Environmental Requirements Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Facility Needs N eeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Purchaser Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Required Require d Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Desirable Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Recommended and Alternate Alternate Ultrasound R Room oom Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 Networking Pre-installation Pre-installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

4

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 3

Installation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Purpose of chapter chapte r 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Installati on Reminder Installation Reminderss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Average Installation Insta llation Ti Time me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Installati on Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Reminders Remind ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2 3-2 3-2 3-3

Receivin g and Unpacking the Equipm Receiving Equipment ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving into Position P osition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting System Sys tem Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Locator Locato r Installati Installation on Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-4 3-9 3-9 3-9

Prepari ng for Install Preparing Installation ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify Customer Custo mer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Inspection Ins pection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMI Protection Protecti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Completing Completi ng the Installa Installation tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power On/Boot On/Boo t Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Off/ Shutdown Shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transducerr Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transduce

3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-11 3-14 3-15

System Configuration Confi guration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 System Specifications Speci fications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Electrical Electric al Specifications Specifica tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 On-Board Optional Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External I/O Connector C onnector Pan Panel el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Specification Speci fication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting VCR (Mitsubishi MD3000) USB Interface Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-18 3-19 3-21 3-22

Available Availabl e Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Software/Option Software/O ption Configuration Configur ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Connectivity Connectivi ty Installati Installation on Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Insite IP Address Configuration Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Loading Base System Software Sof tware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Loading Base system Software So ftware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 -

5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Product Locator Installation Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 User Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

6

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 4

Functional Checks Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Purpose of Chapter Cha pter 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Required Equipment E quipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 General Procedure P rocedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power On/Boot On/Boo t Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Off / Shutdown Shutd own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Features Featur es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System B/M-Mode B/M-M ode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System CFM and PWD P WD Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Measurements Measur ements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Probe/Connectors Probe/Conn ectors Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Cine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Image Management Manageme nt (QG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the DVD-R DVD- R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Backup and and Restore Database, Preset Config Configurations urations and Images . . . . . ECG Check Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-2 4-2 4-4 4-5 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-19 4-25

Software Configuratio Con figurationn Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Peripheral Peripher al Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Monitor15" FunLCDMON Function ction Checks . . .&. LCD . . . . Panel . . . . . with . . . . filter . . . . Function . . . . . . . Validation . . . . . . . . .Procedure . . . . . . . 4-27 II Assy 4-27 15" OSD Key Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Keyboard Function Fu nction Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 Main Keyboard Assy Function Function Validation Proce Procedure dure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 Sub Keyboard Assy Function Function Validation Proc Procedure edure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Trackball Assy A ssy validation validatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/N Key assy validation validati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freeze key validation val idation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TGC key assay / TGC Knob Kno b Set validati validation on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-32 4-32 4-32 4-33

Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanicall Function Ch Mechanica Checks ecks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Parts Function F unction Val Validation idation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LCD plastic filter filter Function Vali Validation dation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-33 4-34 4-34 4-35

-

7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Air filter set Function Validation Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35 TGC key assy/TGC Knob Set, Sub keyboard encoder Knob Set, Keycap set, Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set Function Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36 Cup Function Function Validation Proc Procedure edure . Procedure . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .4-38 .4-37 Frontholder caster/Rear cast caster er Function Validation Probe holder Function Validation Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39 Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40 Board Function Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41 CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy F Function unction Validat Validation ion Procedure . . . . . . . . . .4-41 ACWD Assy Function Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45 SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47 APS/APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48 P3RLY,P2RLY and P2RLY P2RLY with Dummy unction procedure SOM Function Validation Validat ion Procedure . . . Assy . . . . .ffunction . . . . . . check . . . . . .proce . . . .dure . . . . .. .4-49 .4-50 ASIG Assy Function Validation Procedure Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50 BackPlane Assy Function Function Validation Proc Procedure edure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51 Nest fan Function Validation Procedure Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52 Transbox Function Validation Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52 ACPC Assy set Function Function Validation Procedu Procedure re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52 Transbox Assy Function Function Validation Proced Procedure ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53 Fuse set Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53 ARP Assy Function Validation Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53 ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53 Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54 .4-5 4

8

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 5

Components and Functions (Theory) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Purpose of Chapter Cha pter 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 General Information In formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Block Diagram Diag ram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 LOGIQ™ P5 Block Bloc k Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro A5/A5Pr o Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Main Board Boar d Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 P3RLY and P2RLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 CL1TRX and BL1TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 SYSCONPM (SYSCONCM) SYSCONPM(SYSCONC M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 SOM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 LOGIQ™ P5 Monitor Monitor II and LOGIQ™ A5/A5 A5/A5Pro Pro Monitor II . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 ARP (Rear Panel) Pa nel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Input/Output Signals Si gnals for peripheral per ipheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Power Diagrams Diag rams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 TRANSBOX(AC TRANSBOX (AC Power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

APS/APS Pro (LV Power & HV Po Power) wer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 AC Power Outlet for Peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Cable Connection Conne ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Cable Cabl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peripherals Peripher als and Cable connection connecti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-35 5-35 5-35 5-36 5-39 5-39

Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39 Service Platform Pl atform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction Introducti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Global Service Ser vice User Int Interface erface (GSU (GSUI) I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Home Hom e Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-40 5-40 5-41 5-42

-

9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Error Logs Lo gs Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45 Image Quality Quali ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46 Calibration Calibr ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46 Configuration Configur ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Utilities Utilit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49 Replacement Replacem ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50 PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50 Remote Software/Option Software/Option Installatio Installationn and Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51 RFS (Service For Request) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52 System Checkout Checko ut Procedure Procedur e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52 Sending RFS Procedure Pr ocedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-54 Machine RFS RF S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56 Enablingg MRFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56 Enablin Fast Polling Polli ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59 Enablingg Fast Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59 Enablin

10

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 6

Service Adjustments Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Purpose of this thi s chapter 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Regulator y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulatory   Monitor Adjustments Ad justments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotate and tilt til t the monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brightnesss and Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brightnes LCD Plastic Plasti c filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-1 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-4

Flexible LCD arm - locking mecha mechanism nism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Trackballl Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Trackbal

-

11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 7

Diagnostics/Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1 Purpose of Chapter Cha pter 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1 Gatherin g Trouble Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Gathering Overview Overvie w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Collect Vital Vit al System Information Informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Collect a Trouble Image with Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 . 7-3 Screen Captures 4 Check and Record the the P2 Key Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Setting the P2 Key Ke y to Screen Capture Captu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Capturing Capturi ng a Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Reset the P2 Key to Customer’s Functionality Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Diagnostics Diagnosti cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8

Common Diagnostics Diag nostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9 Utilities Utilit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9 PC Diagnostics (Non-Interactive (Non-Interactive Tests) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10 PC Diagnostics (Interactive (Interactive Tests) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14 . 7-14 FRU Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16 LED Descriptions Descri ptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 CL1TRX/BL1TRX CL1TRX/BL1 TRX Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 P3RLY/P2RLY Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM SYSCONPM /SYSCONCM Assy As sy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 APS/APS Pro Pr o Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21 Trouble Shooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 System Does Not Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22 System Does Not Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23 Noise in Image Ima ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26 Unable to.Scan .7-27 Trackball . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .7-28 Monitor Troubleshooting Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29 Unable to Record to VCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31 Printer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32 DVD-RW Troubleshooti Tro ubleshooting ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 Network Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35

12

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 8

Replacement Procedures Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Purpose of Chapter Cha pter 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 DISASSEMBL Y/RE-ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSE MBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LCD Plastic Plasti c filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor cover cov er set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OSD button and lamp set, LCD Plastic Filt Filter er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LCD Std Arm with wi th Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor Assy Ass y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flexible LCD Arm Removal Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Keyboard Keyboa rd Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-2 8-3 8-5 8-9 8-10 8-12 8-13 8-37

Sub Keyboard Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40 Trackballl Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42 Trackbal English, Greek, Russian, Swe Swedish, dish, Norwegian A/N Key assy . . . . . . . . . . 8-43 Freeze key assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45 TGC key assy / TGC Knob Set S et . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47 Sub Keyboard Keyboar d Encoder Knob S Set et . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49 Keycap set, Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-50 50 Side Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51 Side Right Cover Co ver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55 Middle Cover Cov er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59 Top Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60 Pole Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-61 Neck Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62 Neck Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64 Dummy Cover L / R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-66 EMI Cover L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68 EMI Cover R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69 APS/APS Pro Assy A ssy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70 CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73 P3RLY / P2RLY Assy & P2RLY P2 RLY with Dummy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75 Backplane Assy Ass y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77 ACWD Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79 SYSCON PM Assy/SYSCON Assy/SY SCON CM Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81 PM SOM Assy with 1G/ CM SOM Assy with 512M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84 ASIG Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86 -

13

 

GE HEALTHCARE IRECTION

D

EVISION

 5394141, R

ERVICE

 1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

 ANUAL  ANUA L

M

Battery on SYSCONPM/CM SYSCO NPM/CM Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-87 Front Caster / Rear Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-89 Rear Handle Handl e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-91 Rear Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-92 Probe Holder Hol der . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-94 Cup Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-95 ECG Cable Hook Ho ok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-96 Air Filter Fil ter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-97 DVD R/W Drive Driv e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-98 Nest Fan Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-100 ARP Assy 110V/220V 110V/ 220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-102

 

SATA HDD Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-104 ACPC Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-107 Transbox Assy 110V/220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-109 Fuse Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-112 .8 -112 Read and Write Serial Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-113 Software Loading Loadi ng Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117 Parts Required Requi red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117 TimeRequired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117 Software Loading Steering Steering Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-118 Before Starting Starti ng Software Loadi Loading ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-119 Software Installation Insta llation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-129 Installing Installi ng Base Image Softw Software are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-129 Verifying Base Image Software Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-134 Installing Installi ng Applicati Application on Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-141 Standard Confirmation & Functional Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-144 Full Backup / Restore Res tore Proced Procedure ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-159 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-159 PartsBackup Requi red Required . . . . . ............. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .8-159 .8-159 Full Procedure Restore procedure pr ocedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-162 Software Reloading Re loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-163 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-163 Software Reloading Procedure Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-163 Mechanical Option Installation Installation instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-172 Endo Probe Holder Holde r Installati Installation on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-174 Microphone Option fixture fixture Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-175 14

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Drawer Option Opt ion installation install ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Arm Hook Ho ok installa installation tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BW Printer Fixture Keyboard Keyboard installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BW printer Fixture Middle installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP23MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color Printer Fixture Middle installation installation - UP-D25MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation - UP23MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . Color Printer Fixture Top Installation Installation - UP-D25MD Printe Printerr . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-176 8-177 8-178 8-181 8-183 8-185 8-187 8-189

Printer VCR DVD fixture Top ins installation tallation - CP900 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-192 Printer nstallation (MD-3000)) . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8-200 8-195 Printer VCR VCR DVD DVD Fixture Fixture Top Top IInstallation IInstallation nstallation (MD-3000 (MD-800) Rear Handle installati i nstallation on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-203 Additionall Task Lamp install Additiona installation ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-205 Protect Cover Installati In stallation on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-207 Swivel Lock Loc k Caster Instal Installation lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-208 LOGIQ A5 Rear Swivel Swive l Caster Installation Installa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-209 BT11 Drawer Option Instal Installation lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-210 MTZ PROBE HOLDER HOL DER Installa Installation tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-213 DVR Fixture Top Top Installation - SONY DVO-1000MD DVD Recorder . . . . . 8-214

-

15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CHAPTER 9

Renewal Re newal Part Partss Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1

List of Abbreviations Abbrev iations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3  KEYBOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5  COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 . 9-7 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9  BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11 POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20 .9 -20 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 .9 -21 Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Peripherals Periphe rals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23

16

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

CHAPTER 10

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Care Ca re & Main Maintenance tenance Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Overview. Periodicc Maintenance Inspections Periodi Inspecti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Purpose of Chapter 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Why do Maintenance Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Keeping Records Recor ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Quality Assurance Ass urance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Maintenance Task Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How often should care & maintenance ta tasks sks be perfo performed? rmed? . . . . . . . . . . .   Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard GE Tool Kit Ki t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Tools, Supplies and Eq Equipment uipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-2 10-2

System Maintenance Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preliminary Prelimi nary Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Checks Checks (See Also Chapter 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peripheral/Option Peripher al/Option Checks Check s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mains Cable Inspection Insp ection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Inspection Ins pection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Diagnostic Dia gnostic Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Probe Maintenance Main tenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-7 10-7 10-8 10-8 10-9 10-9 10-9 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-11

10-4 10-4 10-6

Electrical Electri cal Safety Tests Test s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Safety Test OverCurrent Overview . . .its . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10-12 GEMS Leakage Cview urrent. .Lim Limits 10-13 Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement Ar rangement - USA & Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 10-14 -14 Grounding Groundi ng Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Chassis Leakage Leak age Current Curren t Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Isolated Patient Patient Lead (Source) Leakag Leakage–Lead e–Lead to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Isolated Patient Patient Lead (Source) Leakage Leakage–Lead –Lead to Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Isolated Patient Patient Lead (Sink (Sink)) Leakage-Isola Leakage-Isolation tion Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Probe Leakage Current Cur rent Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 When There's Too T oo Much Leakage Current... Cu rrent... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 -

 

GE HEALTHCARE

17

DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

18

 ANUAL L  LOGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Important mpo rtant Pre reca cauti utions ons • THI THIS SS SER ERVIC VICE EM MANUAL ANUAL IS AVAILAB AVAILABLE LE IN ENG ENGLISH LISH ONLY. • IF A CU CUSTOM STOMER’S ER’S SE SERVIC RVICE E PR PROVIDE OVIDER R RE REQUIR QUIRES ES A LANGUAGE OT OTHER HER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE WARNING (EN)

 AVERTISSEMENT (FR)

TRANSLATION SERVICES. • DO NO NOT T ATTEMPT TO SER SERVICE VICE THE E EQUIPM QUIPMENT ENT U UNLESS NLESS TH THIS IS SER SERVICE VICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD. • FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESU RESULT LT IN IN INJURY JURY TO THE SERV SERVICE ICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS. • CE M MANUE ANUEL L DE MAIN MAINTEN TENANCE ANCE N N’EST ’EST D DISP ISPONI ONIBLE BLE QU’EN ANG ANGLAIS. LAIS. • SI LE T TECHN ECHNICIEN ICIEN DU C CLIENT LIENT A BESOIN DE C CE E MANU MANUEL EL DANS UN UNE E AUTRE LANGU LA NGUE E QUE L’A L’ANGLAIS, NGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU QU’IL ’IL INCO INCOMBE MBE DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE. • NE P PAS AS TENTE TENTER R D’INT D’INTERVE ERVENTION NTION SUR LES éQUIPEMEN éQUIPEMENTS TS T TANT ANT QUE LE SERVECT SERVICE ICE D N’A PAS é Té CONS CONSULTé ULTé COM COMPRIS PRIS.. • MANUEL LE NONNON-RESP RESPECT DE E CE CET T AVERTIS AVERTISSEME SEMENT NTET PE PEUT UT E ENTRAîNE NTRAîNER R CH CHEZ EZ LE TECHNICIEN, L’ L’OPé OPéRATEUR RATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DU DUES ES à DES DANGERS éLECTRIQUES, MéCANIQUES OU AUTRES.

WARNUNG (DE)

• DIES DIESES ES KUND KUNDENDI ENDIENST ENST-HANDBUCH -HANDBUCH EXIST EXISTIERT IERT NUR IN E ENGLISCH NGLISCHER ER SPRACHE. • FALLS EIN FRE FREMDE MDER R KUND KUNDEND ENDIEN IENST ST EI EINE NE AND ANDERE ERE S SPRAC PRACHE HE BEN BENö ö TIG TIGT, T, IST ES AUFGABE AUFGAB E DES KUNDEN FüR Fü R EINE EN ENTSPRECHEN TSPRECHENDE DE ÜBERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN. • VERS VERSUCH UCHEN EN S SIE IE N NICHT ICHT,, DAS G GERä ERä T ZU REPARIE REPARIEREN, REN, BEVOR D DIESE IESES S KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN WURDE. • WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICH NICHT T BEACHTET, SO KANN ES Z ZU U VE VERLETZUN RLETZUNGEN GEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLä GE, MECHANISCHE OD ODER ER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

 -

i

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 AVISO (ES)

ATENÇÃO (PT)

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

• ES ESTE TE M MANU ANUAL AL DE SE SERV RVIC ICIO IO S Só ó LO EX EXIS ISTE TE E EN N IN INGLéS. GLéS. • SI ALGú N PRO PROVEE VEEDOR DOR DE SE SERV RVICI ICIOS OS AJENO A GEH GEHC C SOLIC SOLICITA ITA UN ID IDIOM IOMA A QUE NO SEA EL INGLéS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN SERVICIO SERV ICIO DE TRADUC TRADUCCIó CIó N. • NO S SE E DE DEBERá BERá DAR S SERV ERVICI ICIO O TéCNI TéCNICO CO AL EQU EQUIPO IPO,, SI SIN N HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO. • LA NO OBSER OBSERVANC VANCIA IA DEL PR PRESE ESENTE NTE AVISO P PUED UEDE E DAR LUG LUGAR AR A QUE EL PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES PROVOC PROVOCADAS ADAS POR CAUSAS ELé CTRI CTRICAS, CAS, MECá NICAS O DE OTRA NATURALEZA. • EST ESTE EM MANUAL ANUAL DE ASSIS ASSISTêNCIA TêNCIA TéCNIC TéCNICA A Só SE E ENC NCONT ONTRA RA DI DISPO SPONíV NíVEL EL EM INGLêS. • SE QUALQU QUALQUER ER OU OUTRO TRO SER SERVIç VIç O D DE E ASS ASSIST ISTê ê NC NCIA IA TéCNIC TéCNICA, A, QU QUE EN Nã ãO A GEHC, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, é DA RESPONSABILIDADE RESP ONSABILIDADE DO CLIENT CLIENTE E FORN FORNECER ECER OS SER SERVIç VIç OS DE T TRADUç RADUç ã O. • Nã O TE TENTE NTE REP REPARAR ARAR O EQ EQUIP UIPAMEN AMENTO TO S SEM EM T TER ER C CONS ONSULTADO ULTADO E COMPREEN COMP REENDIDO DIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTêNCIA Té TéCNIC CNICA. A. • O Nã O CU CUMPR MPRIME IMENTO NTO DES DESTE TE AVIS AVISO O POD PODE E PO POR R EM PER PERIGO IGO A SE SEGUR GURANç ANç A DO TéCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELéTRICOS, MECâ NICOS OU OUTROS.

AVVERTENZA (IT)

• IL PRE PRESEN SENTE TE MAN MANUALE UALE DI MANU MANUTEN TENZIO ZIONE NE è DISPO DISPONIBILE NIBILE S SOLTANTO OLTANTO IIN N INGLESE. • SE U UN N ADDE ADDETTO TTO ALLA MANUTE MANUTENZI NZIONE ONE E ESTE STERNO RNO ALL ALLA A GEHC R RICH ICHIED IEDE E IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE è TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE DIRE TTAMENTE AL ALLA LA TRADUZI TRADUZIONE. ONE. • SI P PROC ROCEDA EDA ALLA MANU MANUTEN TENZIO ZIONE NE D DELL’APPAREC ELL’APPARECCHI CHIATUR ATURA A SOLO DO DOPO PO  AVER CONSULTATO CONSULTA TO IL PRESENTE MANUA MANUALE LE ED A AVERNE VERNE COMPR COMPRESO ESO IL CONTENUTO. • NON T TEN ENERE ERE C CONT ONTO O DELLA PRES PRESEN ENTE TE AVVE AVVERTE RTENZA NZA POT POTREBBE REBBE FAR COMP COMPIERE IEREZIONE, OPE OPERAZIONI RAZIONI DA CUI DERIV DERIVINO INO ALL ALL’A ’ADDET DDETTO TO AL ALLA LA MANUTENZIONE MANUTEN ,A ALL LL’UTILIZZATORE ’UTILIZZATORE ED ALLESIONI PAZIENTE PER FOLGOR FOLGORAZIONE AZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.

HOIATUS  (ET)

ii

• KÄESOLEV TEE TEENIN NINDUS DUSJUHE JUHEND ND ON S SAADAVAL AADAVAL AINU AINULT LT ING INGLISE LISE KEE KEELES. LES. • KUI KLIEN KLIENDIT DITEEN EENIND INDUSE USE OSU OSUTAJA TAJA Nõ UAB JUHEN JUHENDIT DIT ING INGLISE LISE KEELEST ERINEVAS ERIN EVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KL KLIENT IENT Tõ LK LKETEEN ETEENUSE USE OSU OSUTAMISE TAMISE EEST EEST.. • ä RG RGE E ü RITAG RITAGE E SEAD SEADME MEID ID TE TEEN ENIN INDAD DADA A EN ENNE NE EE EELNE LNEVALT VALT Kä ES ESOLE OLEVA VA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST. • Kä ES ESOLE OLEVA VA HO HOIATU IATUSE SE E EIR IRAMIN AMINE E Võ IB Põ HJU HJUST STADA ADA TEENU TEENUSE SEOS OSUT UTAJA, AJA, OPERAA OPER AATORI TORI Võ I PATSIEND PATSIENDII V VIGASTAMIST IGASTAMIST ELEKTRILö ö GI, MEHAANILISE Võ I M MUU UU OH OHU UT TAGAJä AGAJä RJEL.

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

VAROITUS (FI)

ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ  (EL)

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

• TÄM TÄMÄ Ä HU HUOLTO OLTO-O -OHJE HJE ON S SAATAVI AATAVILLA LLA VAIN E ENG NGLANN LANNIKSI IKSI.. • JOS AS ASIAKKAAN IAKKAAN PALVE PALVELUN LUNTAR TARJOAJA JOAJA VAATII MU MUUT UTA A KUIN ENGLANNIN ENG LANNINKIELIST KIELISTä ä MATER MATERIAALIA, IAALIA, TARVIT TARVITTAVAN TAVAN Kä ä NNö KSEN HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA. • ä Lä YR YRIT ITä ä KOR KORJATA JATA LAITTE LAITTEIS ISTO TOA A ENN ENNEN EN KU KUIN IN O OLET LET V VARM ARMAST ASTII LUKE LUKENU NUT T JA YMM YMMä ä RTä RTäNYT NYT Tä Mä N HU HUOLTOOLTO-OHJE OHJEEN. EN. • MI MIKä Kä LI Tä Tä VAR VAROI OITU TUST STA A EI NO NOUD UDATET ATETA, A, SE SEUR URAUKSE AUKSENA NA VO VOII OLLA PALVELUNTARJOAJAN, PALVELUN TARJOAJAN, LAITTEI LAITTEISTO STON N Kä YTT YTTä ä Jä N TAI PO POTILAAN TILAAN VAHINGOITTUM VAHINGOI TTUMINEN INEN Sä HKö ISKUN, ME MEKA KAANISEN ANISEN V VIAN IAN TAI MUUN VAARATILANTEEN VAARA TILANTEEN VU VUOKSI. OKSI. •   ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ∆ΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ. •   ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ  ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΩΝ, ΑΠΟΤΕΛΕΙ  ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ  ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΙ  ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗΣ . •   ΜΗΝ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΛΕΣΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΩΝ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΣΤΟΝ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟ  ΕΚΤΟΣ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΤΕΙ  ΚΑΙ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΚΑΤΑΝΟΗΣΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ  ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ. •   ΕΑΝ ∆Ε ΛΑΒΕΤΕ  ΥΠΟΨΗ ΥΠΟΨΗ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ, ΕΝ∆ΕΧΕΤΑΙ  ΝΑ 

ΠΡΟΚΛΗΘΕΙ ΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ ΣΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ, ΣΤΟ ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗ Ή  Ή  ΣΤΟΝ ΑΣΘΕΝΗ ΑΠΟ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΠΛΗΞΙΑ , ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΟΥΣ Ή  Ή ΑΛΛΟΥΣ ΚΙΝ∆ΥΝΟΥΣ. • EZE EZEN N KARBANTART KARBANTARTÁSI ÁSI KÉZI KÉZIKÖNYV KÖNYV KIZÁRÓ KIZÁRÓLAG LAG ANGOL N NYELVE YELVEN NÉ ÉRH RHET ETŐ  EL. • HA A VEVŐ SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRŐ NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT,  AKKOR  AK KOR A VEVŐ FELEL ŐSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE. PRÓBÁL BÁLJA JA ELKEZDE ELKEZDENI NI HASZN HASZNÁLNI ÁLNI A BERE BEREND NDEZÉ EZÉST, ST, AMÍG A FIGYELMEZTETÉS   • NE PRÓ (HU) KARBANTARTÁSI KA RBANTARTÁSI K KÉZIKÖNYV ÉZIKÖNYVBEN BEN LEÍRTAKA LEÍRTAKAT T NEM ÉR ÉRTELMEZTÉ TELMEZTÉK. K. • EZE EZEN N FIG FIGYELM YELMEZT EZTETÉ ETÉS S FIG FIGYELM YELMEN EN KÍV KÍVÜL ÜL HAGY HAGYÁSA ÁSA A SZO SZOLGÁLTATÓ, LGÁLTATÓ, MŰKÖDTETŐ VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MEC MECHANIKAI HANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.

VIÐVÖRUN (IS)

• ÞES ÞESSI SI Þ ÞJÓNUS JÓNUSTUH TUHANDBÓK ANDBÓK ER EIN EINGÖN GÖNGU GU F FÁANLEG ÁANLEG Á ENS ENSKU. KU. • EF ÞJÓN ÞJÓNUST USTUAÐILI UAÐILI VI VIÐSKIP ÐSKIPTAMANN TAMANNS S ÞARFN ÞARFNAST AST ANNARS TU TUNG NGUMÁLS UMÁLS EN ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ Á ÁBYRGÐ VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ ÚTVEGA ÞÝÐINGU. • RE REYNI YNIÐ Ð EKKI AÐ Þ ÞJÓNUS JÓNUSTA TA TÆKIÐ NEM NEMA A EFTI EFTIR R AÐ H HAFA AFA SKOÐAÐ O OG G SKILIÐ ÞESSA ÞJÓNUST ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK. UHANDBÓK. • EF EKKI ER FARI FARIÐ Ð AÐ ÞESS ÞESSARI ARI VIÐ VIÐVÖR VÖRUN UN GE GETUR TUR Þ ÞAÐ AÐ VALDIÐ MEI MEIÐSLU ÐSLUM M ÞJÓNUSTUVEI ÞJÓNUST UVEITANDA, TANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJ SJÚKLINGS ÚKLINGS VEGNA RA RAFLOSTS, FLOSTS, VÉLRÆNNAR EÐA ANNARRAR HÆTTU.

 -

iii

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

VÝSTRAHA (CS)

• TEN TENTO TO SER SERVIS VISNÍ NÍ NÁVOD EXI EXISTU STUJE JE PO POUZE UZE V ANGLIC ANGLICKé Ké M JAZYC JAZYCE. E. • V Př  íPADě , ŽE POSKYTOVATEL SLUŽEB ZÁKAZNÍK ŮM POTř  EBUJE Ná VOD V JINéM JAZYC J AZYCE, E, JE ZAJIšTě Ní Př  EKLA EKLADU DU DO ODPO ODPOVíDAJíCíHO VíDAJíCíHO JAZYKA ú KOLEM Zá KAZNí KAZNíKA. KA. • NEPROVÁDĚJTE ú DRŽBU TO TOHOTO HOTO Z ZA A ř  íZENí, ANIŽ BYSTE SI Př  Eč ETLI TENTO SERVISNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH. • V Př  íPADě  NEDOD  NEDODRŽOV RŽOVá á Ní TéTO VýSTRAHY Mů ŽE DOJíT ÚRAZU ELEKTRICKÁM PROU PROUDEM DEM PRACOV PRACOVNíKA NíKA POSKYTOV POSKYTOVATELE ATELE SLUŽEB, OBSLUŽNéHO OBSLUŽNé HO PE PERSON RSONá á LU NEBO PACIENTů  VLIVEM ELEKTRICKéHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM K RIZIK RIZIKU U MECHANICKÉHO POŠKOZENÍ NEBO JINÉMU RIZIKU.

ADVARSEL

• DE DENN NNE ES SERV ERVICE ICEMANU MANUAL AL FIND FINDES ES KUN P PÅ Å ENG ENGELSK. ELSK. • HV HVIS IS EN KU KUND NDES ES TE TEKNIKER KNIKER H HAR AR BRUG FO FOR R ET AND ANDET ET SP SPROG ROG E END ND ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE. • FOR FORSØG SØG IIKKE KKE A T SER SERVIC VICER ERE E UDS UDSTYR TYRET ET ME MEDMI DMIND NDRE RE DENNE SERVICEMANUAL ER BLEVET LÆST OG FORSTÅET. • MANG MANGLEND LENDE E OV OVERH ERHOLDELS OLDELSE E AF DEN DENNE NE ADV ADVARSE ARSEL LK KAN AN MED MEDFØR FØRE E SKADE PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK MEKA NISK ELLER A ANDEN NDEN F FARE ARE FOR

(DA)

TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.

WAARSCHUWING (NL)

BR Ī DIN DINĀJUMS (LV)

iv

• DE DEZE ZE OND ONDERH ERHOUD OUDSH SHANDLEI ANDLEIDIN DING G IS ENKEL IN HET EN ENGELS GELS VERKRIJGBAAR. • ALS HET ON ONDERH DERHOUDS OUDSPERS PERSONEE ONEEL L EEN ANDE ANDERE RE T TAA AAL L VEREI VEREIST, ST, D DAN AN IS DE KLANT KL ANT VERANTWOOR VERANTWOORDELIJK DELIJK VOOR DE VER VERTALING TALING ERVAN. • PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE O ONDER NDERHOUD HOUDEN EN V VOORD OORDAT AT DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS. • INDI INDIEN EN D DEZE EZE W WAA AARSCH RSCHUWIN UWING G NIE NIET T WOR WORDT DT OP OPGEVOLGD GEVOLGD,, ZOU HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, ONDERHOUD SPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK, MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN. • š Ī  APKALPES  APKA LPES RO ROKASGR KASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ. • JA KLI KLIEN ENTA TA APKALP APKALPES ES SN SNIE IEDZ DZĒJA JAM M NEPIEC NEPIECIEŠAMA IEŠAMA INFOR INFORM MĀCIJA CITĀ  VALODĀ, NEVIS ANGĻU, KLIENTA PIENĀKUMS IR NODROŠINĀT TULKOŠANU. • NEVEICIET IET AP APR R Ī KOJUMA KOJUMA APKAL PI BEZ APKALPES RO ROKASGR KASGRĀMATAS IZLAS Ī ŠANAS ŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS. • Š Ī  BR  BR Ī DIN DINĀJUMA NEIEVĒROŠANA VAR RAD Ī T ELEKTRISK ĀS STRĀVAS VAS   TRIECIENA, MEHĀNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAIS Ī TU TU TRAUMU APKA APKALPES LPES SNIEDZĒJA JAM, M, OPERATORAM OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

ĮSPĖJIMAS (LT)

 ADVARSEL (NO)

OSTRZEŻENIE (PL)

 ATENŢIE (RO)

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

• ŠIS EKSP EKSPLOATAVIMO LOATAVIMO VADOV VADOVAS AS YR YRA A IŠLE IŠLEIST ISTAS AS TIK TIK ANGLŲ KALBA. • JE JEII KLI KLIEN ENTO TO PA PAS SLAU LAUG GŲ TEIK ĖJUI REIKIA VADOVO KITA K KAL ALBA BA – NE ANGLŲ, VERTIMU PASIRŪPINTI TURI KLIENTAS. • NEMĖGINKITE ATLIKTI ĮRANGOS TECHNINĖS PRIEŽIŪROS DARB Ų, NEBENT VADOVAUTUM ĖTĖS ŠIUO EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVU IR J Į SUPRASTUMĖTE • NE NEPAI PAISAN SANT TŠ ŠIO IO PE PERS RSP PĖJIMO, PASLAUGŲ TEIK ĖJA JAS, S, OPERATORIUS OPERATORIUS AR PACIENTAS GALI B ŪTI SUŽEISTAS DĖL ELEKTROS ELEK TROS S SM MŪGIO, MECHANINIŲ AR KIT Ų PAVOJ Ų. • DEN DENNE NE SER SERVIC VICEHÅND EHÅNDBOKEN BOKEN F FINN INNES ES BARE P PÅ Å ENGE ENGELSK. LSK. • HVIS KUNDEN KUNDENS S SER SERVICE VICELEVERANDØR LEVERANDØR TRENGER TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER D DET ET KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE. • IKKE FOR FORSØK SØK Å REP REPARER ARERE E UT UTSTY STYRE RET T UT UTEN EN AT DENN DENNE E SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT. • MANG MANGLEND LENDE E HE HENSY NSYN N TIL DE DENNE NNE ADVARS ADVARSELEN ELEN KAN FØ FØRE RE T TIL IL AT SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ GRUNN GRUN N AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE EL ELLER LER A ANDR NDRE E FARER.

•  ANGIEL NINIE INIEJS JSZY ZY POD ODR RĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPN PNY Y JEST JED JEDYNI YNIE E W J ĘZYKU  ANGIELSKIM. SKIM. • JE ś LI FIRMA ś WIADCZĄ CA CA KLIENTOW K LIENTOWII USłUGI SERWISOWE WYMAGA UDOSTę PNIENIA PODRę CZNI CZNIKA KA W J ę ZYKU INNYM NIŻ ANGIELSKI, OBOWIĄ ZEK ZEK ZAPEWNIENIA STOSOWNEGO TłUMACZENIA SPOCZYWA NA KLIENCIE. • NIE P PR Ró BO BOW WA ć  SERWISOWA ć  NINIEJSZEGO SPRZę TU BEZ UPRZEDNIEGO ZAPOZNANIA SIę  Z PODRę CZNIKIEM SERWISOWYM. • NIEZ NIEZAST ASTOS OSOW OWANI ANIE E SIę  DO TEGO OSTRZEŻENIA MOżE GROZIć   OBRA ŻENIAMI CIA ł A  A SERWISANTA, SERWISANTA , OPERATORA LUB PACJ PACJENTA ENTA W WYNIKU PORA ŻENIA PRĄ DEM, DEM, URAZU MECHANICZNEGO LUB INNEGO RODZAJU ZAGROŻEń . • ACEST MANU MANUAL AL DE SER SERVIC VICE E ES ESTE TE D DISP ISPONI ONIBIL BIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLE ENGLEZ ZĂ. • DA CĂ UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENŢI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ LIMB Ă  DECÂT CEA ENGLEZĂ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI S Ă FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE. • NU ÎNCERCA ŢI SĂ REPARA ŢI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR CONSULTĂRII ŞI ÎNŢELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE. • IGN IGNOR ORAREA AREA ACES ACESTU TUII AVER AVERTIS TISMEN MENT T AR PU PUTEA TEA DU DUCE CE LA RĂNIREA DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALTĂ NATURĂ.

 -

v

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

ОСТОРОЖНО! (RU)

UPOZORNENIE (SK)

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

•   Данное  руководство  п о  обс лу ж и в а ни ю ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЕТСЯ  только  н а  а нгли й с ком  Языке . •   Если  сервисноМУ ПЕРСОНАЛУ клиента  необходимо  руководство   н е  н а  а нгли й с ком  ЯЗЫКЕ, клиенту  следует  с а мос тоЯте ль но   ОБЕСПЕЧИТЬ перевод . •   ПЕРЕД ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕМ  ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНО ОБРАТИТЕСЬ  К  ДАННОМУ ДАННОМУ РУКОВОДСТВУ  И ПОЙМИТЕ ИЗЛОЖЕННЫЕ  В НЕМ СВЕДЕНИЯ. •   НЕСОБЛЮДЕНИЕ УКАЗАННЫХ ТРЕБОВАНИЙ МОЖЕТ ПРИВЕСТИ К ТОМУ, ЧТО СПЕЦИАЛИСТ ПО ТЕХОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ, ОПЕРАТОР ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ  ПОЛУЧАТ УДАР ЗЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ, МЕХАНИЧЕСКУЮ  ТРАВМУ ИЛИ   ДРУГОЕ ПОВРЕЖДЕНИЕ. • TÁT TÁTO OS SER ERVI VISN SNÁ Á PR PRÍR ÍRU UČKA JE K DISPOZíCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE. • AK Z ZÁKAZN ÁKAZNÍKO ÍKOV V PO POSKY SKYTO TOVAT VATE EĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK A AKO KO  ANGLIIČTINU  ANGL TINU,, POSKYTNU POSKYTNUTIE TIE PREKLA PREKLADATE DATEĽSKÝCH SLUŽIEB SLUŽIEB JE JE ZODPOVEDNOSŤOU ZÁKAZNÍKA. • NE NEPO POKÚŠ KÚŠAJTE AJTE SA V VYKO YKONÁV NÁVA A Ť SERVIS ZARIADENIA ZARIADENIA SK SKÔR, ÔR, AKO SI NEPREČÍTATE SERVISNÚ PRÍRUČKU A NEPOROZUMIETE JEJ. • ZAN ZANED EDBANIE BANIE T TOH OHTO TO UP UPOZ OZOR ORNE NENI NIA A Mô ŽE VY VYÚS ÚSTI TIŤ DO ZRANENIA POSKYTOVATEĽ A SLUŽIEB, SL UŽIEB, OB OBSLUHUJú SLUHUJú CEJ OSOB OSOBY Y AL ALEBO EBO PA PACIENTA CIENTA ELEKTRICKýM PRú DOM, P PRÍPADNE RÍPADNE DO ME MECHANICKé CHANICKéHO HO ALEBO INé HO NEBEZPEč ENSTVA.

VARNING (SV)

• DEN HÄR S SERV ERVICE ICEHAND HANDBOKEN BOKEN FI FINN NNS S BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ EN ENGELSKA. GELSKA. • OM E EN N KUND KUNDS S SE SERVI RVICE CETEKNI TEKNIKER KER HAR BEH BEHOV OV AV ET ETT T ANNAT SP SPRÅK RÅK ÄN ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER. • FÖRS FÖRSÖK ÖK INTE U UTFÖR TFÖRA A SERVIC SERVICE E PÅ UTR UTRUSTN USTNINGE INGEN N OM DU IINTE NTE H HAR AR LÄ LÄST ST OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN. • OM DU INT INTE E TAR HÄNS HÄNSYN YN TI TILL LL DEN HÄR VARN VARNING INGEN EN KAN DET R RESU ESULTERA LTERA I SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA ELEK TRISKA STÖTAR, ME MEKA KANISKA NISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR.

DİKKAT (TR)

vi

• B U SERVİS KILAVUZU YALNIZCA İNGİL İZCE OLARAK SA ĞLANMIŞTIR. • EĞER MÜŞTERİ TEKNİSYENİ KILA  KILAVUZU VUZUN N İNGİL İZCE DIŞINDAK İ B İR DİLDE OLMASINI İSTERSE, KILAVUZU TERCÜME ETTİRMEK MÜŞTERİNİN SORUMLULUĞUNDADIR. • SERVİS KILAVUZU KILA VUZUNU NU OKUYU OKUYUP P ANLA ANLAMADAN MADAN EK İPMANLARA MÜDAHALE ETMEYİNİZ. • BU U UYAR YARIN ININ IN GÖ GÖZ Z AR ARDI DI EDİLMESİ, ELEKTRİK ÇARPMASI YA DA MEKANİK VEYA DİĞER TÜRDEN TÜRDEN KA KAZALA ZALAR R SONUC SONUCUNDA UNDA TEKNİSYENİN, OPERATÖRÜN YA DA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL AÇAB İL İR.

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

(JA)

(ZH-CN)

(KO)

 -

vii

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after afte r receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by b y the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Healthcare personnel. In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes. The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers, personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

OMISSIONS & ERRORS If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the GE Healthcare Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type, manual title, part number, revision number, page number and suggestion details. Mail the information to: Service Documentation, 9900 Innovation Drive (RP-2123), Wauwatosa, WI 53226, USA. GE Healthcare employees should use the iTrak System to report all a ll documentation errors or omissions.

SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS DANGER

DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT. EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CA CAUTION UTION WHEN HANDLING HA NDLING,, TESTING A AND ND  ADJUSTING  ADJ USTING..

all Personal Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) (PPE) such as g loves, safety sho es, safety safety WARNING Use all glasses, and and kneeling pad, to reduce the risk of in jury.

For a complete review of all safety requirements, see the Chapter 1, Safety Considerations section in the Service Manual.

viii

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

LEGAL NOTES The contents of this publication may not no t be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without prior written permission of GE Healthcare. GE Healthcare may revise this publication from time to time without written notice.

TRADEMARKS All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS All Material Copyright© 2004 and 2008 by General Electric Company Inc. All Rights Reserved.

 -

ix

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Revis vision ion Hist istory ory Rev i s i o n

Dat e

1

May 3, 2010

Reas o n f o r c h an g e Initial Release

List Li st of Effected Pa Pages(LO ges(LOEP EP))

x

Pag es

Rev i s i o n

Pag es

Rev i s i o n

Pag es

Rev i s i o n

Title Page

1

4-1 to 4-55

1

10-1 to 10-30

1

Warnings i to -x

1

5-1 to 5-60

1

Index-1 to Index-4

1

TOC vii to

1

6-1 to 6-8

1

Back Cover

N/A

1-1 to 1-19

1

7-1 to 7-36

1

2-1 to 2-12

1

8-1 to 8-210

1

3-1 to 3-26

1

9-1 to 9-23

1

-

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 1 Introduction Secti Se ction on 1-1 Overview 1-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f Ch ap t er 1 This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the LOGIQ™ P5 scanner. The service provider must read and understand all the information presented in this manual before installing or servicing a unit. Tab able le 11-1 1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 1

Sec t i o n

1-1-2

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er

1-1

Overview

1-1

1-2

Important Conventions

1-3

1-3

Safety Considerations

1-12

1-4

EMC, EMI, and ESD

1-17

1-5

Customer Assistance

1-18

Pu r p o s e o f Ser v i c e Man u al This Service Manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ™ P5 Ultrasound Scanning System and contains the following chapters: 1.) 2.) 3.) 4.)

Chapter 1 - IIntro ntro ductio n: Contains n:  Contains a content summary and warnings. Chapter 2 - Pre-Installation: Contains pre-installation requirements for the LOGIQ™ P5. Chapter 3 - Installation Installation : Contains installation procedures. Chapter 4 - Functi Functi onal Checks: Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the installation, or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance.

5.) Chapter 5 - Components and Func tions (Theory) (Theory) : Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the electronics. 6.) Chapter 6 - Service Service Adj ustments : Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments to the LOGIQ™ P5. 7.) Chapter 7 - Diagnostic Diagnostic s/Troubleshoot ing : Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related routines for the LOGIQ™ P5. 8.) Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures: Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units (FRU). 9.) Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts Parts : Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts for the LOGIQ™ P5. 10.)Chapter 10.) Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance : Provides :  Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the LOGIQ™ P5.

Sec t i o n 1-1 - Ov er v i ew

1-1

 

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-1-3

Ty p ic ic a all U Uss ers ers o f th the e B as ic Servic rvice e Ma n u a all • • •

1-1-4

Servic Servicee Personn Personnel el (in (insta stallat llation ion,, mainte maintenan nance, ce, etc.) etc.) Hosp Hospitital al’s ’s Serv Servic icee Pers Person onne nell Contrac Contractor torss (Some (Some parts parts of of Chap Chapter ter 2 - Pre-Ins Pre-Instal tallati lation) on)

LO OG GIQ™ P5 Mo d els els Co vve ere red db byy th th is Man u ua al Table 11-2 2

1-1-5

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 Model Model Designation Designation

Hc at #

Des c r i p t i o n

H44662L D

L P5 B T11 FOR USA

H44662L E

L P5 PRO B T11 FOR A SIA 110V

H44662L F

L P5 PRO B T11 FOR K OREA

H44662L N

L OGIQ P5 OB K OREA

H44662L P

L P5 PRO B T11 FOR EUROPE

H44662L R

L P5 A DVA NCED B T11 J A PA N

H44662L T

L P5 A DVA NCED B T11 L A TIN220

H44662L Y

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 EUROPE

H44662L Z

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 FOR A SIA

H44672L A

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 A SEA N 220

H44672L B

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 A NZ 220

H44672L D

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 L A TIN220

H44672L E

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 L A TIN110

H44672L F

L P5 PREMIUM B T11 FOR USA

H44672L L

L OGIQ P5 OB f o r J ap an

H44672L H

L OGIQ P5 OB f o r EMEA

H44672L J

L OGIQ P5 B as i c OB

H44672L K

L OGIQ P5 Pr em i u m OB

Pu r p o s e o f Op Op er at o r M Ma an u al (s ) The Operator Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ™ P5 and also kept near the unit for quick reference.

1-2

Sec t i o n 1-1 - Ov er v i ew

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 1-2 Important Conventions 1-2-1

Co n v en t i o n s Us ed i n B o o k Icons Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels and conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter. Safety Precaution Messages Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service information. The different levels of concern are identified ident ified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary message. Known or potential hazards are labeled in one of following ways:

DANGER

DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE INDICATE THE PRE PRESENC SENCE E OF A HAZARD THAT WIL WILL L CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.

WARNING WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED. CAUTION Caution Caution i s used to indi cate the presence a hazard hazard that will o r can cause minor personal inj ury and property damage if instructions are of ignored.

Possib le NOTICE Equipment Damage Possib Notice is used when a hazard hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no personall injur y risk. persona Example: Disk drive will crash. NOTE NO TE::

Notes Notes pr prov ovid ide e iimp mpor ortan tantt iinf nform ormat atio ion n abou aboutt a an n item item or a proc proced edur ure. e. Information contained in a NOTE can often save you time or effort.

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

1-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-2-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

St an d ar d Hazar d Ic o n s Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within a triangle, as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several different graphical icons (symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could cause harm. Table able 11-3 3

Standa tandard rd Ha Haza zard rd Ico Icons ns EL ECTRICA L

MECHA NICA L

RA DIA TION

L A SER

HEA T

PINCH

LASER LIGHT

Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed. Table 11-4 4

Standard tandard Icons Icons Indicating Indicating a Special pecial Procedure Procedure Be Used Used

 AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY EL ECTRICITY

TAG AND A ND LOCK OUT

WEAR EYE PROTECTION

TAG TA G 

&

LOCKOUT Signed

1-4

 

Date

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

 

EYE PROTECTION

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-2-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Pr o d u c t Ic o n s The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment. Table 1-5 L A B EL /SYMB OL

Identification and Rating Plate

Device Listing/Certification Labels Type/Class Label IP Code (IPX8)

Produc roductt Ico cons ns PURPOSE/MEA NING

L OCA TION

Manufacturer's name and address Date of manufacture Model and serial numbers Electrical ratings

Rear of console near power inlet Under monitor  On each probe

Laboratory logo or labels denoting conformance with industry safety standards such as UL or IEC.

Rear of console Under front of monitor 

Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection. Indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure per IEC 529. IPX8 indicates drip proof.

Footswitch

Equipment Type CF (heart in the box symbol) IEC 878-02-05 indicates equipment having a

ECG connector 

high degree of protection suitable for direct cardiac contact. IEC60601-2-27

Surgical probes Defibrillator 

"CAUTION" The equilateral triangle is usually used in combination with other symbols to advise or warn the user.

Various

ATTENTION - Consult C onsult accompanying documents " is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or other instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label.

Various

"CAUTION - Dangerous voltage" (the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle) is used to indicate electric shock hazards.

Various

"Mains OFF" Indicates the power off position of the mains power switch.

Rear of system adjacent to mains switch

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

1-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 Table 1-5 L A B EL /SYMB OL

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Product roduct Ico cons ns PURPOSE/MEA NING

"OFF/Standby" Indicates the power off/ standby position of the power switch. CAUTION This Power Switc h DOES NOT IISOLATE SOLATE

L OCA TION

Adjacent to On-Off/Standby Switch

Mains Mains Supply

1-6

"Mains ON" Indicates the power on position of the mains power switch. "ON" Indicates the power on position of the power switch. CAUTION This Power Switc h DOES NOT IISOLATE SOLATE Mains Mains Supply

Front Panel Switch

"Protective Earth" Indicates the protective earth (grounding) terminal.

Internal

Indicates an earth GROUND potential

Product schematics Peripherals

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-2-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

WEEE L ab el The following table describes the meaning of WEEE label and its translation provided on the equipment. Table 1-6

L A B EL /SYMB OL

WEEE La Labe bell

L A NGUA GE

English

Czech (CZE)

PURPOSE/MEA NING

This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.

Tento symbol znamená, že díly elektrických nebo elektronických elektronick ých zař ízení ízení nesmí být likvidovány do netř ííd děného odpadu, ale musí být likvidovány samostatně. Obraťte se prosím na autorizovaného př edstavitele edstavitele výrobce, který poskytne informace týkající se likvidace vašeho př ístroje. ístroje.

Dette symbol angiver, at elektrisk og elektronisk affald ikke må Danish (DAN)

Dutch (DUT)

bortskaffes som en usorteret brændbart affald, men skal indsamles Kontakt venligst autoriseret repræsentant for producenten for særskilt. at få oplysninger om, hvordan dit udstyr skal bortskaffes.

Dit symbool geeft aan dat het afval van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur niet ongescheiden mag worden meegegeven met het huisvuil, maar apart moet worden ingeleverd. Neem contact op met een erkende vertegenwoordiger van de fabrikant voor informatie over het inleveren van uw apparatuur.

Aquest símbol indica que els residus dels equips elèctrics i electrònics Catalan (CAT)

s'han d'abocar separat, no com a residus noobtenir  classificats. Contacteu ambper un representant autoritzat del municipals fabricant per informació sobre com desfer-vos del vostre equip.

Chinese (CHN)

Estonian (EST)

See märk näitab, et tarbetuks muutunud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmeid ei tohi ära visata sortimata olmejäätmetena, vaid need tuleb eraldi kokku koguda. Seadmete käitlemise kohta küsige lisateavet tootja volitatud esindajalt. Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

1-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 Table 1-6 L A B EL /SYMB OL

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

WEEE La Labe bell

L A NGUA GE

Finnish (FIN)

PURPOSE/MEA NING

Tämä kuvatunnus ilmaisee, että sillä merkittyä sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitetta ei saa hävittää lajittelemattomana lajittelemattom ana yhdyskuntajätteenä vaan se on kerättävä k erättävä talteen erikseen. Ota yhteyttä tuotteen valmistajan valtuuttamaan myyntiedustajaan ja kysy lisätietoja laitteen käytöstä poistosta.

French- France (FRA)

Ce symbole indique que les déchets relatifs à l'équipement électrique et électronique ne doivent pas être jetés comme les ordures ménagères non-triées et doivent être collectés séparément. Contactez un repré sentant agréé du fabricant pour obtenir des informations sur la mise au rebut de votre équipement.

Dieses Symbol kennzeichnet elektrische und elektronische Geräte, die nicht mit dem gewöhnlichen, unsortierten Hausmüll entsorgt werden dü German (GER)

Greek (GRE)

Hungarian (HUN)

Icelandic (ICE)

1-8

rfen, sondern separat behandeltBeauftragten werden müssen. Bitte nehmen Kontakt mit einem autorisierten des Herstellers auf,Sie um Informationen hinsichtlich der Entsorgung Ihres Gerätes zu erhalten.

Αυτό το  Αυτό  το σύµ σύµ βολο βολο   υποδηλώνει  υποδηλώνει ότι  ότι τα τα  απόβλητα απόβλητα  ηλεκτρικού ηλεκτρικού  και και  ηλεκτρονικού ηλεκτρονικού  εξ οπλισµ οπλισ µ ού  ού δεν δεν  πρέπει πρέπει   να  να απορρίπτονται απορρίπτονται  ως  ως κοινά κοινά  απορρί απορρίµ µ ατα ατα,, αλλά αλλά   να  να συλλέγον ται ται  ξεχωριστά ξεχωριστά.. Παρακαλού Παρακαλούµ µ ε επικοινωνήστε επικοινωνήστε µ  µεε έναν έναν  εξουσιοδοτη εξουσιοδοτηµ µ ένο ένο  αντιπρό σωπο  του σωπο του  κατασκευαστή κατασκευαστή  για  για πληροφορίες πληροφορίες  σχετικά σχετικά µ  µεε την την  απόρριψη απόρριψη  του του  εξοπλισ ού ού..

A szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy az elektromos és elektronikus készülék hulladékát tilos nem szelektív lakossági hulladékként kezelni, hanem elkülönítve kell gyű gyű  jteni. Kérjük, a berendezés leselejtezését illető illetőleg lépjen kapcsolatba a gyártó hivatalos képviseletével.

Merki þetta táknar að rafeindatækjum skal eytt á sérstakan máta, ekki m á losa rafeindatæki í hefðbundin sorphirðuílát sem óflokkað sorp. Vinsamlega hafið samband við umboðsmann framleiðanda fyrir upplý singar um hvernig tækinu skal eytt.

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 Table 1-6 L A B EL /SYMB OL

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

WEEE La Labe bell

L A NGUA GE

Italian (ITA)

PURPOSE/MEA NING

Questo simbolo indica che i rifiuti derivanti da apparecchiature elettriche ed  elettroniche non devono essere smaltiti come rifiuti municipali indifferenziati e devono invece essere raccolti separatamente. Per informazioni relative alle modalità di smantellamento delle apparecchiature fuori uso, contattare un ra res resent entant antee au autori torizza zzato to de dell fabbr fabbrica icante nte..

Japanese (JPN)

Latvian (LAT)

Lithuanian (LIT)

Norwegian (NOR)

Polish (POL)

PortugueseBrazilian (POB)

Šis apz ī mē jums nor āda, ka no elektriskā un elektroniskā apr  ī kojuma kojuma atkritumiem nedr  ī kst kst atbr  ī voties voties kā no nešķirotiem mā jsaimniec ī bas bas atkritumiem un tie ir jāsavāc atsevišķi. Lūdzu, sazinieties ar pilnvarotu raž otā ja pārstāvi, lai saņemtu informāciju par apr  ī kojuma kojuma ekspluatācijas pā rtraukšanu.

Šis simbolis nurodo, kad elektros ir elektroninės į rangos rangos atliekos turi būti surenkamos atskirai ir negali būti šalinamos kaip ner ūšiuotos savivaldybė s tvarkomos atliekos. Informacijos apie į rangos rangos veikimo sustabdym ą  kreipkitės į  į galiot galiotą  jį  gamintojo  gamintojo atstovą .

Dette symbolet angir at elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr ikke skal kastes som restavfall, men må leveres inn separat. Ta kontakt med en autorisert representant for produsenten hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan utstyret skal avhendes.

Ten symbol oznacza, iż składowanie zużytych urzą dze dzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych wraz z ogólnymi ogólnymi odpadami miejskimi m iejskimi jest zabronione. Informacji na temat miejsc składowania tego typu odpadów udziela producent sprzętu.

Este símbolo indica que os resíduos do equipamento elétrico e eletrônico não devem ser descartados no sistema de coleta de lixo municipal, e sim coletados separadamente. Favor entrar em contato com um representante autorizado do fabricante para obter informações sobre como descartar seu equipamento.

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

1-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 Table 1-6 L A B EL /SYMB OL

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

WEEE La Labe bell

L A NGUA GE

Romanian (ROM)

PURPOSE/MEA NING

Acest simbol indică faptul că deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice nu au voie să fie aruncate nediferenţiat ca gunoi menajer şi c ă ele trebuie colectate separat. Vă rugăm să luaţi legătura cu un reprezentant autorizat alecologic producăătorului pentru a obţine informaţii ă. referitoare la eliminarea  a echipamentului dumneavoastr 

Russian (RUS)

Serbian (SCC)

Символ обозначает: недопустимо выбрасывать электрическое и эле ктронное оборудование с неотсортированным бытовым мусором. Он о должно собираться отдельно. Для получения сведений об утилиза ции оборудования обратитесь к  авторизованному представителю ко мпании-производителя.

Ovaj simbol označava da se otpad električne i elektronske opreme ne sme odlagati zajedno sa običnim gradskim smećem, već se mora pokupiti da bi kontaktirate ovlaš ćenog predstavnika proizvođposebno. ača svoje Molimo opreme,vas kako ste se informisali o njenom pravilnom rashodu.

Slovakian (SLK)

Slovenian (SLN)

Tento symbol označuje, že odpad elektrického a elektronického materiá lu sa nesmie vyhadzova vyhadzovať do netriedeného komunálneho odpadu, ale mus í sa likvidovať oddelene. Viac informácií o likvidácii vášho zariadenia vám poskytne poverený zástupca výrobcu.

Ta simbol obeležava da se elektronski otpad in elektronska oprema ne sme odlagati skup z navadnim mesnim otpadom, otpadom, ter se mora pobrat posebej posebej.. Prosimo vas da kontaktirate pooblašč pooblaščenega prodajalca opreme, kako bi se informirali o n enem ravil ravilnem nem rashodu. rashodu.

Spanish-Spain (SPA)

Swedish (SWE)

Este símbolo indica que el equipo eléctrico y electrónico no debe tirarse con los desechos domésticos y debe tratarse por separado. Contacte con el representante local del fabricante para obtener más información sobre la forma de desechar el equipo.

Denna symbol anger att elektriska och elektroniska utrustningar inte får avyttras som osorterat hushållsavfall och måste samlas in separat. s eparat. Var god kontakta en auktoriserad tillverkarrepresentant för information angående avyttring av utru utrust stni nin n en en..

1-10

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 Table 1-6 L A B EL /SYMB OL

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

WEEE La Labe bell

L A NGUA GE

Turkish (TUR)

PURPOSE/MEA NING

Bu sembol, elektrikli ve elektronik ekipmanlar ın sınıflandır ılmam ış çöp olarak atılmaması ve ayr ı olarak toplanması gerektiğini belirtir. Lütfen ekipmanınızın imhasıyla ilgili olarak üreticinin yetkili temsilcisine baş vurun.

English

The symbol is affixed to a battery to advise the user or owner that it must be recycled or disposed of in accordance with local, state, or country laws. The letter below indicates the toxic element (Pb=Lead, Cd=Cadmium, Hg=Mercury) that is contained in the battery that may require special recycling or disposal method, Please contact a GEHC representative to facilitate servicing, removal and disposal options.

Sec t i o n 1-2 - Im p o r t an t Co n v en t i o n s

1-11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 1-3 Safety Sa fety Considerations Consi derations 1-3-1

In t r o d u c t i o n The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.

1-3-2

Hu m an Saf et y Operating personnel must not remove the system covers. Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only. Only personnel who have participated in a LOGIQ™ P5 Training are authorized to service the equipment.

1-3-3

Mec h an i c al S Sa af et y

WARNING

WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE, USE EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER.

WARNING

ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN HANDLING ANDDEFECTIVE PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DOPRECAUTIONS NOT USE A DAMAGED OR PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.

WARNING

NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR. EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK, IT MAY BE DAMAGED. DAMA GED.

CAUTION

 Alway  Al wayss l ow ower er an d c enter ent er t he Opera Op erato torr I/O Pan el befo b efo re m ov ovin in g t he scan s canner ner .

CAUTION

The LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 weighs weighs 75 kg or more, depending o n ins talled peripherals, (165 (165 lbs., or more) when ready for use. Care Care must be used when movi ng it o r replacing i ts parts. Failure to follow the precautions precautions listed could result in injury, uncontrolled motion and costly damage.  ALWAYS:  AL WAYS: Be sure the pathway is clear. Use slow, careful motion s. Use two people when movi ng on inc lines or lif ting m ore than 16 kg (35 lbs).

CAUTION

1-12

There is a pinch point in L CD monit or. Need Need care care for injury on h ands or fingers in fli pping down the LCD monitor.

Sec t i o n 1-3 - Saf et y Co n s i d er at i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-3-3 NOTE NO TE::

CAUTION

1-3-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Mec h an i c al Saf et y (cont’d) Sp Spec ecia iall care care sho shoul uld d be ta take ken n when when tran transp spor orti ting ng the the uni unitt in a ve vehic hicle le:: •

Sec Secur ure e the the unit unit in an uprig upright ht po posi siti tion. on.

•

Loc ock k th the w wh heels (b (brake)

•

DO N NOT OT use use the the Con Contro troll Pane Panell as an anc ancho horr poin point. t.

•

Plac Place e tthe he pr probe obes s iin n tthe heir ir carr carryi ying ng case. case.

•

Ej Ejec ectt DVD DVD medi media a ffro rom m the the sy syst stem em..

Keep the heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the monitor.

El ec t r i c al Saf et y To minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground. The system is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground. If an extension cord is used with the system, make sure that the total current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating. The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment. Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards.

WARNING DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

Sec t i o n 1-3 - Saf et y Co n s i d er at i o n s

1-13

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-3-5

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

L ab el L o c at i o n s

Figur Fig ure e 1-1 OUTSIDE OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ P5 (Rear) 1.) Identificati Identification on and Rating Rating Plate Plate - USA/Asia USA/Asia 120V 120V Console Console 2.) Identificati Identification on and Rating Plate Plate - Europe/Asia/La Europe/Asia/Latin tin America 220V 220V Console Console 3.) Identificati Identification on and Rating Rating Plate Plate - Japan Japan 100V Console Console 4.) Identificati Identification on and Rating Rating Plate Plate - Korea Korea 220V Console Console 5.) Identificati Identification on and Rating Rating Plate Plate - China China 220V Console Console 6. 6.)) UL Labe Labell 1-14

Sec t i o n 1-3 - Saf et y Co n s i d er at i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-3-5

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

L ab el L o c at i o n s (cont’d)

Figur Fig ure e 1-2 OUTSIDE OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ P5 1.) Possibl Possiblee Shock Shock Hazard Hazard 2.) Label -”Do -”Do not use the followi following ng devices devices near this this equipment.” equipment.” 3.) Label - “The equipment equipment weighs weighs approxima approximately tely 75kg. 75kg. 4.) Prescrip Prescriptio tionn Device Devicess 5.) CE Mark Mark Label Label (Left), (Left), WEEE Label Label (Right) (Right) 6. 6.)) CI CISP SPR R La Labe bell 7.) Groundi Grounding ng reliab reliabili ility ty Label Label 8.) Voltage Range Indication Indication and Power indication indication Label Label 9.) Standard Standard LCD Arm & flexible flexible LCD Arm Option Option Label & Mercury Mercury Label 10.)LCD Arm Rotation Label Sec t i o n 1-3 - Saf et y Co n s i d er at i o n s

1-15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-3-6

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Dan g er o u s Pr Pr o c ed u r e War n i n g s Warnings, such as the examples below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.

DANGER

DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, VOLTAGES, CAPABL CAPA BLE E OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESEN PRESENT T IN THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING  AND ADJUSTING. A DJUSTING.

WARNING

EXPLOSION WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPL OSIVE ATMOSPHERE. OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.

WARNING

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS PA RTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, DO NOT INSTALL INSTAL L SUBSTITUTE SUB STITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

1-3-7

Lo Lock ckou out/ t/T Tago gout ut Requir quire eme ment ntss (For USA Onl nly) y) Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the electrical Mains plug.

1-16

Sec t i o n 1-3 - Saf et y Co n s i d er at i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 1-4 EMC, EMI, EMI, and ESD 1-4-1

Ele lecc tro tro m ma ag n ne etic tic Co m mp p ati atib b ilit ilityy (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This T his interference is often referred to as radio–frequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy, EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and disturbances in the electrical power supply.

1-4-2

CE Co m p l i an c e The LOGIQ™ P5 unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity from electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and power line transient transien t requirements. For applicable standards refer to the Safety Chapter in the Basic User Manual.

NOTE NO TE::

For For CE Complia Compliance nce,, it is c critica riticall that that all co cove vers, rs, scre screws, ws, shie shielding, lding, gasket gaskets, s, me mesh, sh, c clam lamps, ps, a are re in good condition, in stalled stalled tightly without skew or stress. Proper Proper installa installation tion followi ng all comments n oted in this s ervice manual is required in order to achieve full EMC perform ance.

1-4-3 WARNING

Elect lectro rost sta ati ticc Dis isch cha arg rge e (ESD) Pre reve vent ntio ion n DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS: 1.ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED ESD CONNECTION POINT POINT LOCATED LOCA TED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (TO THE RIGHT OF THE POWER CONNECTOR). 2.FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.

Sec t i o n 1-4 - EMC, EMI, an d ESD

1-17

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 1-5 Customerr Assistance Custome 1-5-1

Co n t ac t IIn n f o r m at i o n If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the User Manual, or if you require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource, as listed below. Prepare the following information before you call: System IID D se serial nu number. Software ve version. Table able 11-7 7

Phone Phone Numbers umbers for Custome Customerr Assistan Assistance ce L o c at i o n

Ph o n e Nu m b er 1-800–437–1171

USA/ Canada GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W. Electric Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53219 1-800-682-5327 1-262-524-5698 Fax: +1-414-647-4125

Customer Answer Center 

Latin America GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W. Electric Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53219

1-262-524-5698 Fax: +1-414-647-4125

Customer Answer Center  Europe GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH& Co. KG BeethovenstraBe 239 Postfach 11 05 60, D-42665 Solingen Germany Asia (Singapore/ Japan) GE Ultrasound Asia Service Department - Ultrasound 298 Tiong Bahru Road #15-01/06 Central Plaza Singapore 169730

1-18

1-262-524-5300

Tel: +49 212 2802 208 +49 212 2802 207

Fax: +49 212 2802 431 Tel: +65 291-8528 +81 426-482950

Fax: +65 272-3997 +81 426-482902

Sec t i o n 1-5 - Cu s t o m er A s s i s t an c e

 

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-5-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Sy s t em Man u f ac t u r er   Table able 11-8 8

System ystem Manufa Manufacture cturer  r  Man u f ac t u r er

GE Ultrasound Korea 462-120 65-1, Sangdaewon-dong, Joong-won-Gu, Seongnam-Si, Gyeonggi-do, Korea

FA X Nu m b er   82-31-740-6436

Sec t i o n 1-5 - Cu s t o m er A s s i s t an c e

1-19

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

1-20

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SEVICE M ANUA

Sec t i o n 1-5 - Cu s t o m er A s s i s t an c e

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 2 Pre-Installation Secti Se ction on 2-1 Overview 2-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f c h ap t er 2 This chapter provides the information required to t o plan and prepare for the installation of o f a LOGIQ™ P5/ A5/A5Pro. Included are descriptions of the t he facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit. A checklist is also provided at the end of this section to help determine de termine whether the proper planning and preparation is accomplished before the actual equipment installation is scheduled. Table 2-1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 2

Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er  

2-1

Overview

2-1

2-2

General Console Requirements

2-2

2-3

Facility Needs

2-7

Sec t i o n 2-1 - Ov er v i ew

2-1

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 2-2 General Console Requirements 2-2-1

Co n sso o le En vir viro on m me en tta al Req uir uire eme men n ttss Table 22-2 2

Environmental Environmental Requireme Requirements nts for LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ P5 P5/A5 /A5/A5 /A5Pro Pro Scanners Scanners Op er at i o n al

St o r ag e

10 - 30 oC 50 - 104 oF

-10 - 60 oC 14 - 140 oF

-40 - 60 oC -40 - 140 oF

Humidity

30 - 85% non-condensing

30 - 90% non-condensing

30 - 90% non-condensing

Pressure

700 - 1060hPa

700 - 1060hPa

700 - 1060hPa

Temperature

Table 22-3 3

Environmental Environmental Requireme Requirements nts for an Ultrasound Ultrasound Room It em

Val u es

Power Source

refer to Table 2-4 on page 2-3.

Current Rating

7.5A (100V-120V); 3.5A (220-240V)

Ra Radiation diation Shielding Temperature Humidity

Floor Landing Floor Condition Weight

2-2-1-2

2-2

NONE REQUIRED for ULTRASOUND ENERGY 20-26 DEG. C (68-79 DEG F) for PATIENT COMFORT 50% to 70% for PATIENT COMFORT

Heat Dissipation

2-2-1-1

Tr an s p o r t

2000 BTU/Hr.  Approximately 680 - 800 kg/m2 without Accessories Gradient: WITHIN 5 degrees 75 kg (165lbs) without Accessories

Co o l i n g The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is 2000 BTU/hr. This figure does not include cooling needed for lights, people, or other equipment in the room. Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU/hr. demand on the cooling system. Li ghting Bright light is needed for system installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and diameters can be a source of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible interface.

Sec t i o n 2-2 - Gen er al Co n s o l e Req u i r em en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

2-2-2 NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

El ec t r i c al Req u i r em en t s GE Medical Medical Systems Systems require requires s a dedicat dedicated ed power power and and grou ground nd for the proper proper ope operat ration ion of its Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution d istribution panel before the system.

Sites with a mains power sys tem with d efined Neutral Neutral and Live: The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet. Sites with a mains power sys tem witho ut a defined Neutral: Neutral: The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet. NOTE: NOT E:

Please Please note that that image image a arti rtifac facts ts can can occur occur,, if at any any time time wit within hin the ffaci acilit lity, y, th the e gro ground und fro from m the the main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.

2-2-2-1

LOG LOGIQ™ P5/A5/ A5/A5P A5Pro Power ower Require quirements ments The following power line parameters should be monitored for one week before installation. We recommend that you use an analyzer Dranetz Model 606-3 or Dranetz Model 626: Table 22-4 4

Electrical Electrical Specifications pecifications for LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 P5/A5 /A5/A5 /A5Pro Pro PA RA METER

A REA

L IMITS

100~120V

100~120 VAC ±10% (90-132 VAC)

220~240V

220-240 VAC ±10% (198-264 VAC)

Power

All applications

MAX. 750 VA

Line Frequency

All applications

50/60Hz (±2Hz)

Power Transients

All applications

Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond millisecond for any type of transient, including line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.

Decaying Oscillation

All applications

Less than 15% of peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond.

Voltage Range

2-2-2-2

In r u s h Cu r r en t Inrush Current is not a factor to consider due to the inrush current limiting properties of the power supplies.

2-2-2-3

Si t e Ci r cu cu itit Br Br eak er er   It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be ready accessible.

CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCURE.

The LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5/A5/ P5/A5/A5Pro A5Pro requires a dedicated sin gle branch circu it. To avoid circu it ov erload and possib le loss of criti cal care equip equip ment, make sure you DO NOT NOT have any any oth er equipment operating on the same circuit.

Sec t i o n 2-2 - Gen er al Co n s o l e Req u i r em en t s

2-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

2-2-2-4

Si t e Po w er Ou Ou t l et s A desiccated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords. Other outlets adequate for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the unit. Electrical installation must meet all current local, state, and national electrical codes.

2-2-2-5

Un i t Po w er Pl u g If the unit arrives without the power plug, or with the wrong plug, you must contact your GE dealer or

2-2-2-6

the installation engineer must supply what is locally required. Powe ower Stabi tabilility ty Requir quire eme ment ntss Voltage drop-out Max 10 ms. Power Transients (All applications) Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.

2-4

Sec t i o n 2-2 - Gen er al Co n s o l e Req u i r em en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

2-2-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

EMI L i m i t at i o n s Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies, magnetic fields, and transient in the air wiring. They also generate EMI. The LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interface will not occur in a particular installation. Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed. Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of defect. These sources include: • medical lasers, • scanners, • cauterizing gu guns, • computers, • monitors, • fans, • gel warmers, • microwave ovens, • light dimmers, • portable phones. The presence of broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference. See for EMI Prevention tips. See Table 2-5 for EMI Prevention Prevention tips. tips. Table able 22-5 5

EMI EMI Preve Prevention/ ntion/ab abat ateme ement nt

EMI Ru l e

Det ai l s

Be aware of RF sources

Keep the unit at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources. Special shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency, high powered radio or video broadcast signals.

Ground the unit

Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images. Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet. After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.

Replace all screws, RF gaskets, covers, cores

Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end. Install the shield over the front of card cage. Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interface with the ultrasound signals.

Replace broken RF gaskets

If more than 20% or a pair of fingers on the RF gaskets are broken, replace the gaskets. Do not turn on the t he unit until any loose metallic part is removed.

Do not place labels where RF Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. Otherwise, the gap created will permit gaskets touch metal RF leakage. Or, if a label has been found in such a position, move the label. Use GE specified harnesses and peripherals

The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding. Also, cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is specified.

Take care with cellular cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts. artifacts. Properly dress peripheral cables

Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays. Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. Attach the monitor cables to the frame.

Sec t i o n 2-2 - Gen er al Co n s o l e Req u i r em en t s

2-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

2-2-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sc an Pro rob b e En vvir iro on m me en tta al R Re eq u iire reme men n ts ts Operation:10° to 30° C Storage:--10° to 60° C

NOTE: NO TE:

Tempe Tempera ratu ture re in in degr degree ees s C. Conv Convers ersio ion n to Degr Degree ees s F = (De (Degr gree ees s C * 9/5 9/5)) + 3 32) 2)..

NOTICE SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES

OF -10 TO + 60 degrees C. WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, THE PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE.

2-6

Sec t i o n 2-2 - Gen er al Co n s o l e Req u i r em en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 2-3 Facility Needs 2-3-1

Pu r c h as er R Re es p o n s i b i l i t i es The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay, confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery. User the Pre Installation checklist to verify that all needed steps have been taken, Purchaser reasonability includes: • • •

NOTE: NOT E:

Proc Procur urin ing g the the mate materi rial alss requ requir ired ed.. Comple Completin ting g the prep preparat aration ionss before before deli deliver veryy of the the ultras ultrasoun ound d system system.. Paying the costs costs for for any any alternatio alternations ns and and modificat modifications ions not specific specifically ally provided provided in the sales sales contract.

All electr electrica icall in insta stalla llatio tion n that that are are pr preli elimin minary ary to the the posit position ioning ing of th the e eq equip uipmen mentt at the the s site ite prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required. All electrical work on these product must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

The to usethan a non-listed or customer or to to place approvedteam. product further fromdesire the system the interface kit allowsprovided presentsproduct challenges the an installation To avoid delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing the installation at the earliest possible date (preferable prior to purchase). The ultrasound suite must be clean proof to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference) should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact system.

Sec t i o n 2-3 - Fac i l i t y Need s

2-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

2-3-2 NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Req u i r ed Feat u r es GE Medi Medical cal Systems Systems require requires s a dedica dedicated ted power power and and groun ground d for for the the pr prope operr operat operation ion of iits ts Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.

Sites with a mains power sy stem with d efined Neutral Neutral and Live: The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet. Sites with a mains power system witho ut a defined Neutral: Neutral: The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet. Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit. • • • •

Dedicated Dedicated single single branch power outlet of adequate adequate amperage amperage meeting meeting all local local and nationa nationall codes codes which is located less than 2.5 m (8 ft.) from the unit’s proposed location Door Door op open enin ing g is is at at lea least st 76 cm (3 (30 0 in) in) wide wide Propos Proposed ed locati location on for for unit unit is at at least least 0.3 0.3 m (1 ft.) ft.) from from the the wall wall for for coolin cooling g Power Power outlet outlet and and place place for any exter external nal perip peripher heral al are withi within n 2 m (6.5 ft.) ft.) of each other other with with peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables.

NOTE: NOT E:

The LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5/ P5/A5/A A5/A5Pro 5Pro has two outlet outlets s outsi outside de the the unit unit.. Both Both a are re for for o on n board board periph peripheral erals. s.

• •

2-3-3

2-8

Clean Clean and and protect protected ed space space to to store store trans transduce ducers rs (in (in their their cases cases or or on a rack rack)) Materi Material al to safe safely ly clean clean pprobe robess (done (done with with a plasti plasticc contain container, er, never never meta metal) l)

Des i r ab l e Feat u r es • • • • •

Door Door is at leas leastt 992 2 cm cm (3 (3 fft. t.)) wid wide e Circui Circuitt break breaker er for for dedic dedicate ated d power power outl outlet et is is easily easily access accessibl ible e Si Sink nk with with hot hot aand nd co cold ld wate water  r  Recepta Receptacle cle for bio–ha bio–hazar zardou douss waste waste,, like like used used probe probe shea sheaths ths Emer Emerge genc ncyy oxyg oxygen en su supp pply ly

• • • •

St Stor orag agee ffor or line linens ns an and d equ equip ipme ment nt Nearb Nearbyy wait waitin ing g room room,, lava lavato tory ry,, and and dres dressi sing ng room room Dual Dual lev level el lig light htin ing g (bri (brigh ghtt and and dim) dim) Lockab Lockable le cabin cabinet et ordere ordered d by GE GE for its its softw software are and and propr propriet ietary ary manu manuals als..

Sec t i o n 2-3 - Fac i l i t y Need s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

2-3-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Reco comm mme end nde ed and and Alte Altern rna ate Ult ltra raso soun und dR Roo oom mL La ayo yout ut Recommended standard floor plan and a minimal floor plan for ultrasound equipment: DEDICATED ALALOG TELEPHONE DEDICATED LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE 18 IN. (46 CM)      G    N    I    S    S    E  ,    M      C    O    M    O    L    O    I    R    P    F    R

DEDICATED POWER RECEPTACLE CONSOLE

FILM VIEWER

   T    E    E   N    L   I    I    F   B    A      C

LINEN SUPPLY

COUNTER TOP

   R    E    T    N    U    P    O    O    C    T

FOOT SW STOOL

SINK

   N    O    I    T    A    N    I    E    M    L    A   B    X   A    E   T

76 IN. (193 CM)

SUCTION LINE EMERGECY OXYGEN

24 IN. (61 CM)

SECRETARYS OR DOCTOR’S DESK   OVERHEAD LIGHTS DIMMER

PATIENT TOILET FACILITY

DOOR 42 IN. (107 CM)

A 14 by 17 foot Recommended Floor Plan Scale : Each square equals one square foot FILM VIEWER

LINEN SUPPLY SINK PROBES/SUPPLIES

FILM SUPPLIES

EXTERNAL PERIPHERALS

FOOT SW STOOL

24 IN. (61 CM) DOOR 30 IN. (76 CM)

DEDICATED POWER OUTLETS LOGIQ 5

CONSOLE

EXAMINARION TABLE 76 IN. (193 CM)

DEDICATED ANALOG TELEPHONE LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE

GE CABINET FOT SOFTWARE  AND MANUALS

 An 8 by 10 foot Minimal Flo or Plan

Fig ure ur e 2-1 RECOMMENDED ULTRASOUND ROOM LAYOUT

Sec t i o n 2-3 - Fac i l i t y Need s

2-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

2-3-5 2-3-5-1

2-33-5 5-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Netw two o rk rk in in g P Pre re--in inss ta talllla atio tio n Re R eq u iire reme men n ts ts Pur urpo pose se of DI DICOM Ne Netw twor orkk Fun Funct ctio ion n DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network. Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring images in this manner frees up the on-board monitor monito r and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues. With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at a lower cost. DICOM Option ption Pre-i re-insta nstalla llation tion Require quirements ments To configure the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro to work with other network connections, the site’s network administrator must provide some necessary information. Information must include: • • •

2 - 10

A host name name,, local local port port number, number, AE Title Title,, IP addres addresss and Net Net Mask for for the LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ P5/A5/A P5/A5/A5Pro 5Pro.. The IP IP address addresses es for for the defau defaultlt gatewa gatewayy and other other route routers rs at the the site site for for ROUTIN ROUTING G INFORMATION. The host host name, name, IP IP address address,, port port and AE Titl Title e for each each device device the the site site wants wants conn connecte ected d to the the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION. A field for the make (manufacturer) and the revision of the device, is also included. This information may be useful for solving errors.

Sec t i o n 2-3 - Fac i l i t y Need s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 2-3-5-2 2-3 -5-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

DICOM DICOM Optio n Pre-install ation Requirements Requirem ents (cont’d) .

. LOGIQ™ Host Name

Local Port

 AE Ti tle tl e

ROUTING INFORMATION

IP Address

.

.

.

Net Mask

.

.

.

GATEWAY IP Addresses

Destination IP Addresses

Default

.

.

.

ROUTER1

.

.

.

.

.

.

ROUTER2

.

.

.

.

.

.

ROUTER3

.

.

.

.

.

.

DICOM APPLICATION APPLICA TION INFORMATION NAME

MA K E/REVISION

 AE TITL E

IP A DDRESSES

PORT

Store 1

.

.

.

Store 2

.

.

.

Store 3

.

.

.

Store 4

.

.

.

Store 5

.

.

.

Store 6

.

.

.

Worklist

.

.

.

Storage Commit

.

.

.

.

.

.

MPPS

Figure 2-2 2-2 Worksheet for DICOM DICOM Network Network Inform ation

Sec t i o n 2-3 - Fac i l i t y Need s

2 - 11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

This page was intentionally left blank.

2 - 12

Sec t i o n 2-3 - Fac i l i t y Need s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 3 Installation Secti Se ction on 3-1 Overview 3-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f Ch ap t er 3 This chapter contains information needed to install the unit. u nit. Included are references to a procedure pr ocedure that describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim. How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation, and how to check and test the unit, u nit, probes, and external peripherals for electrical safety are included in this procedure. Also included in this section are guidelines for transporting the unit to a new site. Table 3-1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 3

Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er  

3-1

Overview

3-1

3-2 3-3

Installation Reminders Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

3-2 3-4

3-4

Preparing for Installation

3-10

3-5

Completing the Installation

3-11

3-6

System Configuration

3-16

3-7

Available Probes

3-23

3-8

Software/Option Configuration

3-23

3-9

Connectivity Installation Worksheet

3-24

3-10

Insite IP Address Configuration

3-25

3-11

Loading Base System Software

3-25

3-12

Warnings

3-25

3-13

Paperwork

3-26

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

3-1

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-2 Installation Reminders 3-2-1

A v er ag e In s t al l at i o n Ti m e Table able 33-2 2

Avera Average ge Insta Installa llation tion Time Time

Des c r i p t i o n

A v er ag e In s t al l at i o n Ti m e

Co m m en t s

Unpacking the scanner 

0.5 hour 

Scanner wo/options

0.5 hour 

Dependant on the configuration that is required

DICOM Option

0.5 hour 

Dependant on the amount of configuration

InSite Option

0.5 hour 

The LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro has been designed to be installed and checked out by an experienced service technician in approximately four hours. LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro consoles with optional equipment may take slightly longer.

3-2-2

In s t al l at i o n War n i n g s 1.) Since the LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro weighs weighs approximatel approximatelyy 75 kg.(165 lb.) without without options, options, preferably preferably two people should unpack it. Two people are also preferable for installing any additional bulky items. 2.) There are no operator operator serviceabl serviceable e components. components. To prevent prevent shock, do not remove remove any covers covers or panels. Should problems or malfunctions occur, unplug the power cord. Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting.

NOTE: NO TE:

Fo Forr info inform rmat atio ion n rega regard rdin ing g pack packing ing la label bels, s, refe referr to LABEL LABELS S ON PACKAG PACKAGE. E.

3.) After being being transported, transported, the unit may may be very cold or hot. If this this is the case, allow allow the unit to acclimate before you turn it on. It requires one hour for each 2.5 °C increment it's temperature is below 10°C or above 30°C. CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site

may cause the system to be damaged. damaged.

Table 3-3 °C °F

hr hrss

3-2

Acclima Acclimatio tion n Time

60 55 50 45 40 140 131 122 113 104 8

6

4

2

0

35 96

30 86

25 77

20 68

15 59

10 50

5 41

0 32

-5 23

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

4

6

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

-10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 14 5 -4 -13 -22 -31 8

10

12 12

114 4

16 16

1188

-40 -40 2200

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-2-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Saf et y Re Rem i n d er s

DANGER

WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPA CAPABL BLE E OF OPENING THE  AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METER’S GRO GROUND UND SWITCH IS OPEN), DON’T TOUCH THE UNIT!

CAUTION

Two people should unpack the uni t because of its weight. Two people are re requir quir ed whenever whenever a part weighing 19kg (35 lb.) or more must be lifted.

CAUTION

If the unit is very cold or hot , do not turn o n its power until i t has had a chance chance to acclimate acclimate to its o perating perating environment.

CAUTION

To prevent electric electric al shock, connect the unit t o a properly grou nded power outl et. Do Do not use a three to two pr ong adapter. This This defeats safety safety gro undin g.

CAUTION

Do NOT NOT wear wear the ESD wrist strap when yo u work on li ve circuit s and more than 30 V peak peak is present.

CAUTION

Do not use a 20 Amp to 15 Amp adapter adapter on t he 120 120 Vac Vac unit’s power cor d. This unit requires a dedicated 20 20 A circui t and can have a 15A 15A plug if t he on board p eripherals do n ot cause the unit t o draw mor e than 14.0 14.0 amps.

CAUTION

Do not operate this un it unl ess all board covers and fr ame panels panels are securely in place. System performance and cooling require this.

CAUTION

OPERATOR MANUAL(S) The User User Manual(s) should be fully read and underst ood before operating the LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5/ P5/  A5/A5Pro  A5/A 5Pro and kept kep t n ear the t he u ni t ffor or qu ick ic k r eferenc efer enc e.

CAUTION

 ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZA RD  Al thou th ou gh th e ultr ul tr aso und un d energ en erg y ttran ran smit sm itted ted fr from om th e LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pr P5/A 5/A5Pr o pro p ro be is i s wit w ithi hin n FDA limits, avoid unn ecessary ecessary exposu re. Ultrasound Ultrasound energy can produc e heat heat and mechanical damage.

Figure 3-1 3-1 Environmental Labels

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

3-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-3 Receiving Re ceiving and Unpackin Unpacking g the Equipment When a new system arrives, check that any components are not damaged and are not in short supply. If shipping damage or shortage occurs, contact the address shown in Chapter 1. Equipm ent damage may result. CAUTION Do not lift th e unit by the Keyboard. Equipm CAUTION The crate with the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro weighs approximately 75 kg. (165 lb.) Be prepared for

a sudden shift of w eight as the unit is removed fro m its base (pallet) (pallet) 1.) Cut the thr three ee PLASTI PLASTIC C BANDs. BANDs.

Plastic Bands

Figure 3-2 Cutting the Plastic Bands.

3-4

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

Sectio Se ction n 3-3 3-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Receiving Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

(cont’d)

2.) Lift Lift the the TOP COVER COVER up and off.

Top Cover 

Figure 3-3 3-3 Removin Removin g the top Cover  Cover 

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

3-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

Sectio Se ction n 3-3 3-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Receiving Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont’d) 3.) Remove Remove the the Top Plate Plate up and and off.. off..

Top Plate

Figur e 3-4 Removin g the Top Plate

3-6

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

Sectio Se ction n 3-3 3-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Receiving Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

(cont’d)

4.) Remove the three three PLASTIC JOINTs from the the OUTER SLEEVE. 5.) Remove Remove the OUTER OUTER SLEEVE. SLEEVE.

Plastic Joint Outer Sleeve

Palette Assy

Figure 3-5 3-5 Removin Removin g Plastic Plastic Joints and Sleeve Sleevess

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

3-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

Sectio Se ction n 3-3 3-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Receiving Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont’d) 6.) Remove the MONITOR MONITOR SUPPORTER SUPPORTER and Option Option Box. Box. 7.) Remove Remove the PLASTIC PLASTIC BAG. BAG. 8.) Unlock Unlock the front caster caster and careful carefully ly put the console console off off the PALETTE.

Monitor Pad

Figur e 3-6 Movin g the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro P5/A5/A5Pro fro m the crate crat e

3-8

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-3-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Mo v i n g i n t o Po s i t i o n

CAUTION Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard.

Do not tilt th e unit more than 5 degrees degrees to avoid tippi ng it over. To avoid injury by tipping over. Set Set the monitor to the lowest position before moving.

Damage Possib Possib ility . Lifting th e console by hold ing cov ers may damage damage the covers. CAUTION Equipment Damage Do not lift the console by holding any covers. covers.

In general, a single canshould move move the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro along an even surface with no will steep grades. At least twoadult people the machine when large humps, grooves, or grades be encountered. (It is better to pull from the rear rather than t han push from the front of the unit). Before moving, store all loose parts in the unit. Wrap transducers in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage. Although LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is a compact and mobile machine, two people should move it over rough surfaces or up and down grades.

3-3-2

A d j u s t i n g Sy s t em Cl o c k Set the system clock for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro to the local time. For procedure of adjusting the system clock, refer to section 3-6-1-1 on page 16. Fill out proper customer Information the Product Locator Installation Card. Mail this Installation Card “Product Locator” to the address corresponding to your pole.

3-3-3 NOTE: NOT E:

Pr od od u c t L o c at o orr In s t al l at i o n Car d The Product Product Locato Locatorr Instal Installati lation on C Card ard shown shown may may n not ot be be sa same me as as the the provi provided ded Prod Product uct Locator Locator card.

Figure 3-7 3-7 Product Locator Installation Installation Card Card

Sec t i o n 3-1 - Ov er v i ew

3-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-4 Preparing Pre paring for fo r Installation 3-4-1

Ver i f y Cu Cu s t o m er Or Or d er   Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order. Report any items that are missing, back ordered or damaged.

3-4-2 3-4-2-1

Ph y s i c a l I n s p e c t i o n Sy st st em em Vo ltlt ag ag e Set ttii ng ng s Verify that the scanner is set to the correct voltage. The Voltage settings for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro P5/A 5/A5Pro Scanner is found on a label to the t he right of the Power switch and External I/O, on the rear of the system.

LOGIQ™ P P5/ 5/A5/A5 A5/A5Pro Pro scanner to the wron g vol tage level level wi ll m ost likely WARNING Connecting a LOGIQ™ destroy the scanner.

3-4-2-2

3-4-3

Vi d eo Fo r m at s Check that the video format for VCR playback is set to the locally used video standard, NTSC or PAL.

E MI P r o t e c t i o n This Unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of o f the covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured before the unit is put into operation.

3-10

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sectio Se ction n 3-5Completing 3-5Completing the Installation 3-5-1 NOTE: NOT E:

3-5-1-1

Po w er On /B o o t Up After After tturn urning ing off the system system,, wait wait at at least least ten seconds seconds before before tur turnin ning g it on a agai gain. n. The The syst system em may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

Sc an n er Po w er On 1.) Connect Connect the Main Main Power Cable Cable at the the rear of of the System. System.

earth m ust be take taken n when conn ecting AC power cable (200 (200V) V) witho ut it s plu g WARNING Protective earth to wall outlet.

2.) Connect Connect the Main Power Power cable to an an appropriate appropriate mains mains power outlet. outlet. 3.) Switch ON ON the Main Main Circuit Circuit Breaker Breaker at the the rear of of the System. System.

Figure 3-8 Circuit Breaker  Breaker  When power is applied to the Scanner, Sca nner, and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON, Power is distributed to the DC Power supply unit and power control assy in the AC power assy. When the Power ON/OFF key is pressed once, the DC power supply is enabled and feed each DC power to board assemblies. and system run the software. 4. 4.)) Pres Presss th thee ON/OFF key at the front of the System once.

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

3-11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 3-5-13-5 -1-1 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Scanner Power On (cont’d)

Figure 3-9 3-9 Power On/Off On/Off Switch Switch Location

3-12

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 3-5-1-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Po w er Up Up Se Seq u en c e 1.) The Start Up Screen Screen will be shown on the the Monitor display display when when the system is turned turned ON.

Figur e 3-10 3-10 Start Start Up Screen Display Displ ay 2.) After initializa initialization tion is complete, complete, all lighted buttons buttons on the Control Panel light light and the default B-Mode screen or Patient screen (no probes are connected) is displayed on the monitor display. 3-5-1-3

Po w er Up Seq u en en cce e

NOTE NO TE::

To en enter ter th the e Mai Maint nten enan ance ce Mode Mode,, sel selec ectt Mai Maint ntena enanc nce e but butto ton. n.

NOTE: NO TE:

Figu Figure re 3-11 3-11 on p pag age e 33-13 13 dis displ plays ays when when S Ser ervi vice ce Don Dongl gle e inser inserte ted d in Rea Rearr Pane Panel. l.

Figure 3-1 3-11 Start Start Appli cation Window Window NOTE NO TE::

Star Startt is is s sel elec ecte ted d aut autom omat atic ical ally ly when when it ti time me ou out. t.

NOTE NO TE::

In ca case se th the e sys syste tem m is is lloc ocke ked d wit with h ttas ask k man manag ager er,, use use arirang arirang as  as a password to unlock the system.

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

3-13

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-5-2 NOTE: NOT E:

3-5-2-1

Po w e r Of f / Sh u t d o w n After After turni turning ng off off a system system,, wait wait at at least least ten second seconds s befor before e turni turning ng itit on aga again. in. The system system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

Po w er Sh u t d o w n 1. 1.)) 2.) 3.) 4.)

3-14

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Pr Preess the the ON/OFF ON/OFF key  key at the front of the System. refer to Figure 3-9 on page 3-12 . Click the the shutdown shutdown icon in the shutdown shutdown dialog dialog box and wait until until the system sh shutdown utdown.. Switch OFF OFF the Main Circuit Circuit Breaker at the rear rear of the system refer refer to Figure 3-8 on page 3-11 3-11 . Disconnect Disconnect the the Main Main Power Power Cable Cable is necessa necessary. ry. For example : Relocating the scanner.

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-5-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Tr an s d u c er Co n n ec t i o n 1.) Connect Connect a transducer to one one of the three rightmost rightmost transducer transducer receptacl receptacle e as follows: follows: A.) Ensure that that the transducer transducer twist twist lock lever to the horizont horizontal al position. position. B.) Insert the transducer transducer connector connector on the receptacle receptacle guide pin until it touches the recept receptacle acle mating surface. C.) Twist the transducer twist lock lever to horizontal position to lock it in place. Twist the lever to the vertical position to disconnect the transducer.

NOTE NO TE::

It iis s not not ne nece cess ssar ary y to turn turn OF OFF F powe powerr to c con onne nect ct or or di disc scon onne nect ct a tran transd sduce ucer. r.

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

3-15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-6 System Configuration 3-6-1 3-6-1-1

Sy s t em Sp ec i f i c at i o n s Sy s t em Se Se t t i n g s Table 3-1

System ystem Configura onfiguration tion

Co n f i g u r at i o n Cat eg o r y

Des c r i p t i o n

Settings

Enables the user or service personnel to set the date, time, unit, language, basic information about the organization such as the institution name and department.

1.) Press Insert Insert key on the the A/N keyboard keyboard to enter enter the utility utility menu. 2. 2.)) Se Sele lect ct Utility > System > General. General. 3.) Set tthhe Hospital name, Department, Date and Time, Language, and and Units.  Units.

Figur e 3-12 3-12 Setting Displ ay 4. 4.)) Clic Clickk on on Exit to terminate the utility function.

3-16

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 3-6-1-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ph y s i c a all Di m en s io io n s The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro P5/A5/A 5Pro unit are summarized in Table 3-2 on page 3-17 . The Size of LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro, with monitor and peripherals Table 33-2 2

Physical Physical Dimensions Dimensions of LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 P5/A5 /A5/A5 /A5Pro Pro

Hei g h t

Wi d t h

Dep t h

Un i t

135/141

43.0

64.0

cm

53.15 - 55.50

16.97

25.2

inches

WEIGHT : 75Kg (165bs) including Monitor  NOTE : Length is in mm Variation +/- 10%

   0    3    4

640

   0    1    4    1    /      0    5    3    1

   0    0    9    /      0    4    8

Figure 3-13 3-13 Overall Overall Dimensions

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

3-17

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 3-6-1-3

Weig ight ht wit witho hout ut Mon Monit itor or and and Pe Periph riphe erals rals Table 33-3 3

Weight of LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ P5 P5/A5 /A5/A5 /A5Pro Pro With With Monitor and Without Without Other Other Periphera Peripherals ls

Mo d el

Wei g h t [ k g ]

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/ A5Pro

3-6-1-4

3-6-2

Wei g h t [ l b s ]

Approx App roxima imatel telyy 75 App Approx roxima imatel telyy 165

A c o uthan s t ic ic N o i s e(A) Ouaccording t pu pu t : Less 70dB to DIN 45635 - 19 - 01 - KL2.

El e c t r i c a l S Sp p ec i f i c at i o n s Table 33-4 4

3-6-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Electrical Electrical Specifications pecifications for LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 P5/A5 /A5/A5 /A5Pro Pro

Sy s t em

Vo l t ag e

Cu r r en t

Fr eq u en c y

1

110 ~ 120 VAC

7 ~ 9A

50~60Hz

2

220 ~ 240 VAC

3.5 ~ 4.5A

50~60Hz

On -B o ar d O Op p t i o n al P Pe er i p h er al s Table able 33-5 5

List of Recording Recording Device evicess

Dev i c e

Man u f ac t u r er

Mo d el

Vi d eo Si g n al

B/W Video Printer

SONY

UP-D897MD

N/A (* USB Interface)

Video Cassette Recorder

Mistubishi

HS-MD3000U HS-MD3000E

NTSC/PAL (USB Interface)

DVD Video Recorder

Panasonic

LQ-MD800

NTSC/PAL (USB Interface)

A6 Color Video Printer

SONY

UP-D23MD

N/A (* USB Interface)

See each option installation instructions for installation and connection procedures. NOTE: NO TE:

3-18

There There a are re n no o ex exte tern rnal al peri periph phera erall op opti tion ons s for for the the LO LOGI GIQ™ Q™ P P5/ 5/A5/ A5/A5P A5Pro ro..

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-6-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ex t er n al II//O Co n n ec t o r P Pa an el Located on the rear panel are video input and output connectors, audio input and output, USB, footswitch connector power connector and control connections for VCR or DVD Recorder, printer, and service tools. This section indicates the pin assignment for each connector.

Figur e 3-14 3-14 Rear Rear Connect or Panel NOTE: NOT E:

Each outer outer (case (case)) groun ground d line line o off perip periphera heral/a l/acce ccesso ssory ry conn connect ectors ors are pro protec tective tively ly g grou rounde nded. d. Signal ground lines are not isolated, except the Service port (3). All of signal lines (include signal GND) of the Service port are isolated.

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

3-19

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 3-6-4-1

Ex t er n al I/I/O Pi n Ou Ou t s Pi n No .

Si g n al

Pi n No .

Si g n al

1

RED

9

N/A

2

GREEN

10

SGND

3

BLUE

11

N/A

4

N/A

12

N/A

5

GND

13

HSYNC

6

RGND

14

VSYNC

7

GGND

15

N/A

8

BGND

Table 33-6 6

Pin Assignments of DB15 DB15 connector for Externa Externall VGA VGA

Pi n No .

Si g n al

Pi n No .

Si g n al

1

+5 VDC

3

DATA +

2

DATA -

4

GND

Table 3-7

Pin Assignm Assignme ents nts of USB

Pi n No .

Si g n al

Pi n No .

Si g n al

1

TX+

5

NC

2

TX-

6

RX-

3

RX+

7

NC

4

NC

8

NC

Table able 33-8 8

3-20

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Pin Pin Assignmen Assignments ts of Ethe therne rnett

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-6-5

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Vi d eo Sp ec i f i c at i o n Video specifications may be needed to be able to connect the VCR or DVD Video Recorder to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro. Table able 33-9 9

Video ideo Specifica pecifications tions

Ti m i n g Par am et er

NTSC

PA L

640x480 60Hz

800x600 60Hz

800x600 75Hz

1024x768 60Hz

Horizontal Rate [kHz] Horizontal Period [µs]

60.02 16.66

31.25 32.00

31.47 31.78

37.88 26.40

46.88 21.33

48.36 20.68

Pixel Clock [MHz]

78.75

29.50

24.55

40.00

49.50

65.00

H Blank Width [µs ]

3.66

5.97

5.70

6.40

5.17

4.92

H Sync Width [µs ]

1.22

2.34

2.36

3.20

1.62

2.09

H Front Porch [µs ]

0.20

0.75

0.73

1.00

0.32

0.37

Active Horizontal Period [µs ]

13.00

26.03

26.07

20.00

16.16

15.75

Vertical Rate [Hz]

75.03

50.00

59.94

60.32

75.00

60.00

Vertical Period [ms]

13.33

20.00

16.68

16.58

13.33

16.67

V Sync Width [lines=ms]

32=0.53

49=1.57

45=1.43

28=0.74

25=0.53

38=0.79

V Front Porch [lines= µs ]

3=50.00

5=160.00

6=190.70

4=105.60

3=64.00

6=124.10

Equalization Gate [lines=µs ] Lines: Field/Frame

1=16.66 800

5=160.0 625/625

6=190.7 525/525

1=26.4 628

1=21.3 625

3=62.00 806

Active Lines/Frame

768

576

480

600

600

768

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

3-21

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

3-6-6

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Setting tting VCR (Mitsu itsubi bish shii MD3000) USB Inte nterfa rface 1.) Turn off the the Power Power of of the VCR. VCR. 2.) Open Open the rear rear panel panel of the the VCR. VCR. 3.) Set dip switches. switches. Off 1~6 1~6 pins, On 7 pin, pin, and Off Off 8 pin.

NOTE NO TE::

7 Pin Pin ON = USB USB In Inte terf rfac ace, e, OFF OFF = RS23 RS232C 2C In Inte terf rfac ace. e.

Figur e 3-15 3-15 Setting VCR VCR USB Interface

3-22

Sec t i o n 3-4 - Pr ep ar i n g f o r In s t al l at i o n

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-7  Avai  Av ailab lable le Pro Pr o b es See Specifications in the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro User Manual for probes and intended use. See Chapter 9, 9, for part numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement probes.

Section Secti on 3-8 Software/Option Software/ Option Configuration Configu ration refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Basic User Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System for information on configuring items like Hospital, Department, Language, Units (of measure), Date, Time and Date Format. For information on configuring Software Options, refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Basic User Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System. For information on configuring DICOM Connectivity, refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Basic User Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System.

Sec t i o n 3-8 - So f t w ar e/Op t i o n Co n f i g u r at i o n

3-23

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet Site System Information Comments:

Floor:

Site: Dept:

Room: Type:

LOGIQ SN:

REV:

CONTACT INFORMATION Nam e

Ti t l e

Phone

E-M E-Mail ail Add ress

TCP/IP TCP /IP Sett Settin ings gs Name - AE Title:

IP Setting Setting s

Remote Re mote Archiv Ar chive e Setup Setup

IP Address:

Remote Archi ve IP:

Subnet Mask:

Remote Archiv e Name: Name:

Default Gateway:

Servi Se rvices ces (De (Desti stination nation Devices) Devices) Device Type

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Manufacturer 

Name

IP Address

11 12 3-24

Sec t i o n 3-8 - So f t w ar e/Op t i o n Co n f i g u r at i o n

Port

 AE Tit le

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-10 3-10 Insite IP IP Address Addr ess Confi Configur guration ation This information needed to facilitate the OnLine Center engineers in connecting to the system is found in the InSite Installation Manual.

Section Secti on 3-11 3-11 Loading Base Syst System em Softw Software are 3-11-1

Lo a ad d in in g B as e s yyss te tem So fftw twa are For more information on loading base system software, refer to Chapter 8.

Section Secti on 3-12 3-12 Warnings 3-12-1 3-12-1-1

War n i n g s USB HDD External USB type Hard drive may be used to back up the data. But not all kinds of USB type can be supported. Never use USB types which require additional power source.

3-12-1-2

Startin tarting g Echo Echoloa loade derr in Ma Maint inten ena ance mode If Echoloader never started once, starting Echoloader in the maintenance mode will not work. In other words, in order to be able to start Echoloader in maintenace mode, Echoloader should have been started at least once.

Sec t i o n 3-11 - L o ad i n g B as e Sy s t em So f t w ar e

3-25

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 3-13 3-13 Paperwork NOTE: NOT E:

3-13-1 NOTE: NOT E:

During During and and af after ter inst install allati ation, on, the the docum document entati ation on (i.e. (i.e. User User Manu Manuals als,, Ins Instal tallati lation on Ma Manua nuals. ls...) ..) ffor or th the e peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation. This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system.

Prod rod u ct ct L o ca cato torr In sta stalllla atio tio n The Product Product Locato Locatorr Insta Installa llatio tion n Card Card s show hown n may may not not be same as tthe he p prov rovide ided d Produc Productt Lo Locat cator or card.

Figure 3-16 3-16 Product Locator Installation Installation Card Card

3-13-2

Us er Man u al (s ) Check that the correct User Manual(s) for the system and software revision, is included with the installation. Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available. availab le. Check with your GE Sales Representative for availability.

3-13 13--2-1

3-26

Refere ference nce off-boa off-board rd periph peripher era als and and options options None.

Sec t i o n 3-12 - War n i n g s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 4 Func unctio tiona nall Che hecks cks Secti Se ction on 4-1 Overview 4-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f Ch ap t er 4 This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro scanner diagnostics by using the built-in service software, and power supply adjustments. Table 4-1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 4

Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er  

4-1

Overview

4-1

4-2

Required Equipment

4-1

4-3

General Procedure

4-2

4-4

Software Configuration Checks

4-25

4-5

Peripheral Checks

4-26

4-6

Monitor Function Checks

4-27

4-7

Keyboard Function Checks

4-29

4-8

Mechanical Function Checks

4-34

4-9

Board Function Checks

4-41

4-10

Site Log

4-54

Section Secti on 4-2 Requir Re quired ed Equipment •

An emp empty ty (b (bla lank nk)) DVD DVD-R -R or CD-R CD-R Di Disk sk..

•

At leas leastt one one tr traansdu nsduce cer. r.

Sec t i o n 4-1 - Ov er v i ew

4-1

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 4-3 General Ge neral Procedure Proc edure CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS

Operate Opera te this uni t only when all board cov ers and frame panels are are securely in place. The covers are requir requir ed for safe operation, good syst em performance and and cool ing pur poses.

NOTICE Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA only)

Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable on the system.

TAG 

&

LOCKOUT Signed

Date

4-3-1 NOTE: NOT E:

4-3-1-1

Po w er On /B o o t Up After After turnin turning g off off the the syst system, em, wait wait at least least ten ten seco seconds nds bef before ore turning turning it o on n ag again ain.. The The sy syste stem m may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

Sc an n er Po w er On 1.) Connect Connect the Main Power Power cable to an an appropriate appropriate mains mains power outlet. outlet. 2.) Switch ON the Main Main Circuit Circuit Breaker Breaker at the the rear of of the System. System.

Figure 4-1 4-1 Circuit Breaker  When power is applied to the Scanner, S canner, and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON, Power is distributed to the DC Power supply unit and power control assy in the AC power assy. When the Power ON/OFF key is pressed once, the DC power supply is enabled and feed each DC power to board assemblies. and system run the software

4-2

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-1-1 4-31-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Scanner Power On (cont’d) 3. 3.)) Pres Presss th thee ON/OFF key at the front of the System once.

Figure 4-2 4-2 Power On/Off On/Off Standby Standby Switch Switch Locatio n

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-2 NOTE: NOT E:

4-3-2-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Po w e r Of f / Sh u t d o w n After After turni turning ng off off a system system,, wait wait at at least least ten seconds seconds before before turn turning ing it o on n ag again ain.. The system system m may ay n not ot b be e able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

Sc an n er Sh u t d o w n 1. 1.)) Pr Pres esss the the On/O On/Off ff Key at the front of the System once to display the SYSTEM - EXIT menu. 2.) Select Shutdown Shutdown from the SYSTEM SYSTEM - EXIT menu. menu.

Figure 4-3 4-3 System Exit Menu Menu for Power Power Down Down 4-3-2-2

Sw i t c h o ffff t he he Sy st st em 1.) Switch OFF the Circuit Circuit Breaker Breaker at the back back of the scanner. scanner. 2.) Unplug Unplug the power cord if necessary necessary.. For example : Servicing Servicing or relocatin relocating g the scanner. scanner.

4-4

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-3 4-3-3-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sy s t em Feat u r es Contr ontrol ol Panel nel for for LO LOGIQ™ P5

10 1 2 3 9

4

8 7

5 6 Figure Figu re 4-4 Contr ol Panel Panel Tour Tour LOGIQ™ P5 1. 1.)) 2. 2.)) 3. 3.)) 4.)

Power Power on/o on/off ff swit switch ch Al Alph pha a Nume Numeri ricc key key Pati Patien entt Key Key TGC

5. 5.)) 6. 6.)) 7. 7.)) 8. 8.)) 9. 9.))

Trac Trackk Ball Ball Fu Funct nctio ion n Selec Selectt key Free Freeze ze Key Key Gain Gain Kn Knob ob Us User er Defi Define ne Key Key

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-3 -3--2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Control ontrol Pane nell for for LO LOGIQ™ A5/ A5/LOG LOGIQ™ A5P A5Pro

Figur e 4-5 Control Contr ol Panel Tour LOGIQ™ A5/ LOGIQ™ A5Pro 1.) 2. 2.)) 3. 3.)) 4.) 5. 5.)) 6.) 7. 7.)) 8. 8.)) 9.)

Powe Powerr on/of on/offf switch switch Al Alph pha a Nume Numeri ricc key key Pati Patien entt Key Key T GC Trac Trackk Ball Ball Fu Func nctition on Sele Select ct key key Free Freeze ze Key Key Gain Gain Kn Knoob Us User er Defi Define ne Key

NOTE:: NOTE

If the the L LOGI OGIQ™ Q™ A5 A5 have have been been upgrade upgrade with with Color Color Upgrad Upgrade e kit, kit, LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ A5 h have ave sam same e ke keybo yboard ard as LOGIQ™ P5.

NOTE: NO TE:

LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ A5P A5Pro ro h has as the the sam same e cont contro roll pane panell of LOG LOGIQ IQ™ ™ A5 A5,, bu butt PW Mod Mode e butto button n is n not ot enabled.

4-6

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-3-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Monit onitor or Displ ispla ay for for LO LOGIQ™ P5 1

2

3

12

4 22 5

13

6 7

14 8 15 16 9 17 10 11 18

19

20

21

Figur e 4-6 P5 Monit or Disp Display lay Tour 

1. Institution/Hospital Name, Date, Time, Operator Identification. 2. Patient Name, Name, Patient Identification.

13. Imaging Parameters by Mode. 14. Focal Zone Indicator. 15. TGC.

3. OutputProbe Readout 4. Power GE Symbol: Orientation Orientation Marker. Marker. 5. Image Preview. 6. Gray/Color Bar. 7. Cine Gauge. 8. Measurement Summary Window. 9. Image. 10. Measurement Calipers. 11. Measurement Results Window. 12. Probe Identifier. Exam Preset.

16. Body Pattern. 17. Depth Scale. 18. Top Menu 19. Caps Lock: Lit when On. 20. Service Interface icon (wrench), iLinq icon, and system messages display (not shown on image) 21. Trackball Functionality Status: Scroll, M&A (Measurement and Analysis), Position, Size, Scan Area Width and Tilt. 22. Sub Menu

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sy s t em B /M-Mo d e Ch ec k s For a basic functional check of the system’s different modes, the Quick Guide will familiarize you with image optimization for B-Mode B-Mode,, M-Mode M-Mode,, Color Flow, Flow , and Doppler . Table 4-2

4-8

B/M B/M-Mode Function unctionss

Power Output (Acoustic Power)

Optimizes image quality and allows user to reduce beam intensity. 2% increments between 0-100%.

Dynamic Range

Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray, thereby increasing the adjustable range of contrast.

Focus Number and Position

Increases the number of transmit focal zones or moves the focal zone(s) so that you can tighten up the beam for a specific area. A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position(s) appears on the right edge of the image.

Rejection

Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified (an echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before it will be processed).

Edge Enhance

Edge Enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures. Adjustments to M Mode's edge enhancement affects the M Mode only.

Frame Average

Temporal filter that averages frames together. This has the effect of presenting a smoother, softer image.

Colorize

Enables gray scale image colorization. To deactivate, reselect a Gray Map.

Gray Map

Determines how the echo intensity levels received are presented as shades of gray.

Rotation (Up/Down)

Rotates the image by selecting the value from the pop up menu.

Frequency

Multi Frequency mode lets you downshift to the probe's next lower  frequency or shift up to a higher frequency.

Frame Rate/Resolution

Optimizes B Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best possible image.

B Flow

Provides intuitive of non-quantitative hemodynamics inrepresentation vascular structures.

Sensitivity/PRI

Adjusts the sample rate for the flow signal.

Background On/Off 

Background On lets you view the anatomy roadmap; Background Off lets you view just flow information.

Sweep Speed

Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept.

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-5

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sy s t em CFM an d PWD Ch ec k s Table able 44-3 3

CFM CFM and PWD PWD Functions Functions

Baseline

PRF/Wall Filter 

Angle Correct

Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood flows to eliminate aliasing. Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency. If the sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability, the system automatically switches to high PRF mode. Multiple gates appear, and HPRF is indicated on the display. Estimates the flow velocity in a direction at an angle to the Doppler vector by computing the angle between the Doppler vector and the flow to be measured

Threshold

Threshold assigns the gray scale level at which color information stops.

Map

Allows a specific color map to be selected. After a selection has been made, the color bar displays the resultant map.

Invert

Allows blood flow to be viewed from a different perspective, i.e. red away (negative velocities) and blue toward (positive velocities). The real-time or frozen image can be inverted.

Packet Size

Controls the number of samples gathered for a single color flow vector.

Quick Angle Correct

Quickly adjusts the angle by 60 degrees

Doppler Display Formats

Display layout can be preset to have B-Mode and Time-motion side-by-side or over-under. In the side-by-side layout, there are a re three display alternatives defined: equal priority, time-motion priority or time-motion with B-Mode reference. In the over-under layout, there are three display alternatives defined: time-motion priority, priority, B Mode priority or equal priority.

Sample Volume Gate Length

Sizes the sample volume gate

Scan Area

Slants the B-Mode or Color Flow linear image left or right to get more information without moving the probe

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-6 NOTE: NO TE:

4-3-6-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

B as i c Meas u r em en t s Th The e follo followi wing ng inst instru ruct ctio ions ns ass assum ume e that that you you first first sca scan n the pat patie ient nt and and the then n press press Freeze.

Dis ista tance nce and Tissu issue e Depth pth Me Measu sure reme ments nts 1.) Pre Press MEASURE MEASURE once  once an active caliper displays. 2.) To position position the active caliper caliper at the start start point (distance) (distance) or the most most anterior anterior point (tissue (tissue depth), move the TRACKBALL TRACKBALL.. 3.) To fix fix the star startt point, point, pres presss Set . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4.) To position position the second active active caliper caliper at the end point (distanc (distance) e) or the most posterior posterior point point (tissue depth), move the TRACKBALL TRACKBALL.. 5.) To comple complete te the measu measurem rement, ent, press press SET SET.. The system displays the distance or tissue depth value in the measurement results window. Before you complete a measurement: To toggle between active calipers, press MEASURE MEASURE.. To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again, press CLEAR once. CLEAR  once.

NOTE: NO TE:

To rot rotate ate th throu rough gh and and act activ ivat ate e pre previ viou ousl sly y ffix ixed ed cal calip iper ers, s, turn turn CURSOR SELECT.

NOTE: NOT E:

After After you you compl complete ete the measur measureme ement, nt, to eras erase e all all data data that that has bee been n measu measured red to tthis his point, point, but not data entered onto worksheets, press CLEAR.

4-33-6 6-2

Circ ircumfe umfere rence nce//Area Area (Ellipse llipse)) Measure easureme ment nt 1.) Pre Press MEASURE once; an active caliper displays. 2.) To position position the active active caliper, caliper, move move the TRACKBALL TRACKBALL.. 3.) To fix fix the star startt point, point, pres presss SET SET.. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4.) To position position the second second caliper, caliper, move move the the TRACKBALL TRACKBALL.. 5. 5.)) Turn Turn th thee ELLIPSE ELLIPSE control;  control; an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears.

NOTE: NO TE:

Be care carefu full not not to p pres ress s the the Elli Ellipse pse cont contro roll as thi this s acti activa vate tes s th the e Bo Body dy P Pat atte tern rn..

6.) To position position the ellipse ellipse and to size the measured measured axes (move (move the calipers), calipers), move the TRACKBALL.. TRACKBALL 7.) To incre increase ase the the size, size, turn turn the the ELLIPSE control in a clockwise direction. To decrease the size, turn the ELLIPSE control in a counterclockwise direction. 8.) To toggle toggle between between active active calipers, calipers, press MEASURE MEASURE.. 9.) To complet complete e the the measure measurement, ment, press SET SET.. The system displays the circumference and area in the measurement results window. Before you complete a measurement: -

4 - 10

To era erase se the the ell ellip ipse se and and the the cur curre rent nt dat data a meas measur ured ed,, pres presss CLEAR CLEAR once.  once. The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement. To exit exit the measur measureme ement nt func functio tion n witho without ut comp complet leting ing the measur measureme ement, nt, press press CLEAR CLEAR a  a second time.

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-6-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Wo r k s h eet s Measurement/Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations. There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets.

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-7 4-3-7-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Pr o b e/Co n n ec t o r s Us ag e Co n n ec t i n g a p r o b e 1.) Place the probe's probe's carrying carrying case case on a stable stable surface surface and open the the case. 2.) Carefully Carefully remove remove the probe probe and and unwrap the probe probe cable. cable. 3.) DO NOT allow the the probe head to hang free. free. Impact to the probe probe head could result result in irreparable irreparable damage. 4.) 5.) 6.) 7.)

4-3-7-2

Turn the connector connector locking locking handle handle countercl counterclockwis ockwise. e. Align the connect connector or with the probe probe port and and carefully carefully push into into place. place. Turn the connector connector locking locking handle clockwi clockwise se to secure the probe probe connector. connector. Carefully Carefully position position the probe cable cable in the probe cord cord holder spot spot so it is free to move, but not resting on the floor.

A c t i v at i n g tth he probe Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicators on the monitor screen. The probe selection screen will be come up when the application key is enabled. The probe activates in the currently-selected operating mode. The probe's probe 's default settings for the mode and selected exam are used automatically.

4-3-7-3

Deac t i v at i n g t h e p ro ro b e When deactivating the probe, the probe is automatically placed in standby mode. 1. 1.)) Pr Pres esss the the Freeze key. 2.) Gently wipe wipe the excess excess gel from the face of the probe. probe. (refer (refer to the Basic User Manual Manual for complete probe cleaning instructions.) 3.) Carefully Carefully slide the the probe around around the right side of the the keyboard keyboard,, toward the probe probe holder. Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder.

4-3-7-4

Di s c o n n e ecc t i n g t h e p r ob ob e Probes can be disconnected at any time. However, the probe should not be selected as the active probe. 1.) Move the probe locking locking handle handle counterclock counterclockwise. wise. Pull Pull the probe and connector connector straight straight out of the probe port. 2.) the Carefully Carefu lly slideEnsure the probe probe connector connec tor away from the probe probe port and around the right right side of keyboard. theand cable is free. 3.) Be sure that that the probe head head is clean clean before placing placing the the probe in its its storage storage box.

4 - 12

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-8

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Us i n g Ci n e

4-3-8-1

A c t i v at i n g CI CINE Press FREEZE FREEZE,, then roll the TRACKBALL TRACKBALL to  to activate CINE. To start CINE Loop playback, press Run/ Stop. To stop CINE Loop playback. press Run/Stop.

4-3-8-2

Qui uick ckly ly Move ove to Start tart//End Frame rame Press FIRST to FIRST to move to the first CINE frame; press LAST to move to the last CINE frame.

4-3-8-3

St ar ar t Fr am am e/ e/En d Fr am am e Turn the START FRAME dial FRAME dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the right to move forward through the CINE Loop. Turn the END FRAME dial FRAME dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the left to move backward through the CINE Loop.

4-3-8-4

Adjus Adjustin ting g tthe he CINE Lo Loop op Playb layba ack Spee peed Turn the LOOP SPEED dial SPEED dial right/left to increase/decrease the CINE Loop playback speed.

4-3-8-5

Disconne isconnectin cting g B-M B-Mode CINE from Timeline imeline CIN INE E To review the B-Mode CINE Loop only, press CINE MODE SELECTION and SELECTION  and select B ONLY. To review the Timeline CINE Loop only, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select TL ONLY. To return to linked B-Mode and Timeline CINE Loop review, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B/TL.

4-3-8-6

Mov ovin ing g tthr hroug ough h a CINE Loop Loop Fra Frame me By Frame rame Turn FRAME BY FRAME to FRAME to move through CINE memory one frame at a time.

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 13

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-9

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Im ag e Man ag em en t (QG) For Image Management functionality refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Quick Guide. It talks about several topics: • Clipboard • Printing Images • Br Brow owsi sing ng an and d Man Manag agin ing g an an Exam Exam’s ’s Store Stored d Imag Image e • Conn Connec ectiv tivitity, y, and and Dat Datafl aflow ow Con Conce cept pt and and Cre Creat ation ion • Starting an Exam • Confi onfigu guri ring ng Conn Connec ecti tivi vity ty • TCP/IP • Se Serv rvic ices es (D (Des esti tina nati tion ons) s) • Buttons • Views Verifying and Pinging a Device

4 - 14

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-10 4-3-10-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Us i n g t h e DVD-R Us in in g t he he DVD-R Never move the unit w ith a disk i n the DVD-R Never DVD-R because the drive actuator will n ot be lock ed and the DVD-R could break.

NOTICE

1.) 2.) 3. 3.)) 4.)

Go to the Utility Utility->Conn ->Connectivi ectivity->Re ty->Removabl movable e Media. Media. Insert Insert CD/DVD CD/DVD media. media. Pres Presss Verif Verifyy The prope properti rties es will will be like like below. below. a.) Capacity, Capacity, Free Free space space depends depends on media media type. type. b.) Formatt Formatted ed / Finali Finalized zed : No

Figur e 4-7 Removable Media 5. 5.)) Go to Pati Patien ent. t. 6.) Press Data Data Transfer Transfer (located (located at the upper-lef upper-leftt side of Patient Patient screen) screen) 7. 7.)) Sele Select ct Expo Export rt task task..

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-10-1 4-3-10 -1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Usin g the th e DVD-R (cont’d) 8.) Select the the type of Removable Removable CD/DVD CD/DVD on on the [To] [To] combo box. 9.) It will will do auto-f auto-form ormatti atting. ng.

Figure 4-8 Formatting 10.)After auto-formatting, select some patients on the upper list area and then press the [Transfer] button. 11.)it will do transferring to CD/DVD.

Figur e 4-9 Transferri rans ferring ng

4 - 16

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-10-1 4-3-101

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Usin g the th e DVD-R (cont’d) 12.)The selected data is transferred correctly.

Figur e 4-10 Transf er  13.)Press F3 and select the [Yes and Verify files]. 14.)It will do finalizing.

Figur e 4-11 4-11 Finalizin g

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 17

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-10-1 4-3-10 -1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Usin g the th e DVD-R (cont’d) 15.)It will do Verifying.

Figur e 4-12 Verifying erify ing 16.)It will eject the CD/DVD and Go to Utility and reinsert the CD/DVD. 17.)Go to Utility->Connectivity->Removable Media.

Figur e 4-13 4-13 Removable Removabl e Media 18.)Press Verify 19.)The properties will be like below. a.) Capacity Capacity is is the size of transferr transferred ed data. data. b. b.)) Free Free spa space ce is 0. c.) Formatted Formatted / Database Database Present / Finalized Finalized : Yes (DICOMDIR Present : depends on setting) NOTICE  Av  Avoi oi d m ech anical ani cal ejec ti on wh whenev enev er pos p os sibl si bl e. Mechani Mech ani cal ejec tion ti on leaves leav es the t he ac tu ato r

unloc ked. IfIf forced to us e this method, reboot the system, then insert and eject a known g ood disk using one of the other methods.

4 - 18

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-1 -11 1 NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ba Backup ckup and Restore Databa tabase se,, Pre rese sett C Config onfigura urations tions and IIma mage gess When When up upgra gradin ding g from from R1.0. R1.0.x x or R2. R2.0.x 0.x to R R3.0 3.0.x .x or or R4 R4.0. .0.x x ,p ,prese resett canno cannott be tra transfe nsferre rred. d. Refe Referr to the table below.

Table 44-4 4

LP5 BT11( BT11(R4 R4.x. .x.x) x) compatibility Compatibility

4-3-11-1

Preset

R1.x .x

R2.x .x

R3.x .x

Patient Archive

Yes

Yes

Yes

Report Archive

Yes

Yes

Yes

Imaging Presets

No

No

Yes

Connectivity Configuration

No

No

Yes

Measurement Configuration

No

No

Yes

Comment/Body Pattern Libraries

No

No

Yes

Report Templates (Same Software Version Only)

No

No

No

3D/4D

No

No

Yes

Key Macro

No

No

Yes

All Others

No

No

Yes

Fo rm rm at at titi n ng g Me Med ia ia 1.) To format the backup backup media, media, CD-R or DVD-R, DVD-R, select the UTILITY UTILITY key on the Front Front Panel. 2.) Select CONNECTI CONNECTIVITY, VITY, then RERNOVABLE RERNOVABLE MEDIA. MEDIA. Properly label label and Insert Insert the backup media. 3.) Select the media media type type from the drop drop down menu. 4.) Enter the label label for the media as shown shown in Figure 4-14. 4-14. It is best to use all capital capital letters letters with no

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 19

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

spaces or punctuation marks.

Media Selection

Media Label

Verify Format Format

Figur e 4-14 4-14 Format Form at and Verify Media Media 5.) The Ultrasound Ultrasound system system displays displays a pop-up menu, as shown in Figure Figure 4-15. When the for formattin matting g has been completed, press OK to continue. 6.) If desired, desired, verify verify that the format format was was successful successful by returnin returning g to Utility > Connectivity > Removable Media and selecting VERIFY as shown in Figure 4-12.

Figure 4-1 4-15 5 Format Successful Successful Pop-up Menu Menu

4 - 20

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-11-2 NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Backup Backup System ystem Pre Prese sets ts and and Confi Configura guration tionss Always Always backup backup any any preset preset confi configur gurati ations ons befor before e a so softw ftware are rrelo eload. ad. This This e ensu nsures res tthat hat iiff the pre preset sets s nee need d to be reloaded, after the software update, they will be the same ones the customer was using prior to service.

1.) Insert a formatted formatted CD-R CD-R or DVD-R into into the drive. 2. 2.)) Press Press UTIL UTILIT ITY Y key key 3.) Select Select SYSTEM. SYSTEM. on on the monito monitorr screen screen 4.) On the monitor monitor display, display, select select BACKUP/RESTORE. BACKUP/RESTORE. 5.) In the Backup list, select select Patient Archive, Archive, Report Report Archive, User Defined Defined Config Configuration uration.. 6.) In the the Media Media field, field, sele select ct DVD-R. DVD-R. 7. 7.)) Selec Selectt BACKU BACKUP. P. The system performs the backup. As it proceeds, status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore screen.

Check here to backup presets and configurations

Figur e 4-16 4-16 Backup/Restor Backu p/Restore e Menu

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 21

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-33-1 11-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Restore store Syst Syste em Pre Prese sets ts and and Confi Configura guration tionss

overwrites the  the existing database on the local hard drive. Make sure to insert CAUTION The restore procedure overwrites the correct CD-R or DVD-R.

1.) Insert the Backup/Res Backup/Restore tore CD-R CD-R or DVD-R DVD-R into the drive. drive. 2. 2.)) Pr Pres esss the UTI UTILI LITY. TY. key key 3.) Select SYSTEM.menu SYSTEM.menu on on the monitor monitor screen screen 4.) 5.) 6.) 7.)

On the monitor monitor display, display, select select BACKUP/R BACKUP/RESTORE. ESTORE. In the Restore list, list, select Patient Patient Archive, Report Report Archive, Archive, User Defined Configura Configuration. tion. In the Media Media field, field, select select the Backup/R Backup/Restore estore DVD-R. DVD-R. Sele Select ct RESTO RESTORE RE.. d.) The system system performs performs the restore. As it proceeds, proceeds, status status information information is displaye displayed d on the Backup/Restore screen.

Figur e 4-17 4-17 Backu p/Restore Menu

4 - 22

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-11-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

A rc rc hi hi vvii n ng g Im Im ag ag es es To export an exam(s) to a compatible Ultrasound system: 1.) Format the removable removable media media (CD-ROM/DVD-R (CD-ROM/DVD-R). ). Label the removable removable media. media. Answer Yes/OK Yes/OK to the messages.Press Patient. Deselect any selected patient(s) in the search portion of the Patient screen. Press Exam Data Transfer (located at the upper, left-hand corner of the Patient menu).

Figur e 4-18 4-18 Exam Data Transf er  2.) Select Select Export Export ttask ask Button. Button.

Figur e 4-19 4-19 Task but ton 3.) The [From] combo combo box is not active. active. It displays displays Local Archive. Archive. The [To] combo combo box is active. active. Select the type of removable media CD R/DVD-R. Then please wait until the patient list is visible.

Figur e 4-20 To Combo Box

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

4 - 23

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 4-3-11 4-3 -11-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Archiv Arc hiving ing Images (cont’d) 4.) In the patient patient list at the top of the Patient Patient menu, select select the patient(s) patient(s) you want want to export. You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient. To select a consecutive list of patients, click the cursor on the first name, move the cursor to the last name, then press and hold down the Shift+right Set key to select all the names. To select a non-consecutive list of patients, click the cursor at the first name, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key again, etc. You can also search for patients pa tients via the Search key and string. Or, Select All Button from the Patient Menu:

Figur e 4-21 Source Sourc e Section NOTE:: NOTE

You need to use use you yourr best best judg judgmen mentt when when moving moving pati patients ents'' im image ages. s. If If th there ere are lot lots s of ima images ges or loops, then only move a few patients at a time.

5.) Once you have have selected selected all of the patients patients to export, export, press Transfer Transfer Button Button as shown in Figure Figure 4-18 from the Patient Menu. 6.) The progress progress bar appears as the copy is taking taking place. Once transfer transfer completed, completed, the exported exported patient list will be shown as Figure 4-22.

Figure 4-2 4-22 2 Destinatio Destinatio n Section Section of Patient Screen Screen 7.) Press F3 to eject eject the media. media. Specify Specify that that you want to finaliz finalize e the CD-ROM. CD-ROM.

4 - 24

Sec t i o n 4-2 - Req u i r ed Eq u i p m en t

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-3-12

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

ECG Ch ec k Ou t Connect the ECG Harness and check: Table able 44-5 5 St ep 1.

ECG ECG Harne Harness ss Chec Checkk Tas k t o d o Connect the ECG at the Connector on the Front of the scanner.

Ex p ec t ed Res u l t (s ) It will display a curve along the bottom edge of the image sector 

Section Secti on 4-4 Software Configuration Configu ration Checks Table able 44-6 6 St ep

Softwa Software re Configura Configuration tion Chec Checks ks Tas k t o d o

Ex p ec t ed Res u l t (s )

1.

Check Date and Time setting

Date and Time are correct

2.

Chec Checkk th that at Lo Loca cati tion on (H (Hos ospi pita tall Na Name me)) is corr correc ectt

Lo Loca cati tion on Name Name is corr correc ectt

3.

Check Language settings

Desired Language is displayed

Check assignment of Printer Keys and User Define Keys

Print1, 2 Keys and User define Keys are assigned as desired by the customer 

4. 5.

Check that all all of the customer’s customer’s options options are set up correct All authorized functions are enabled

Sec t i o n 4-4 - So f t w ar e Co n f i g u r at i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 25

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 4-5 Peripheral Checks Check that peripherals work as described below: Table 4-7 St ep

Periph eripher era al Checks hecks Tas k t o d o

Ex p ec t ed Res u l t (s )

1.

Press (FREEZE)

Stop image acquisition.

2.

Press (P1) or (P2) on the Keyboard

The image displayed on the screen is printed on B&W or Color printer, depending on the key assignment configuration

3.

Press RECORD on the Ke Keyboard.

To ssttart tthhe vviideo co counter aatt a different ppooint:

4.

Press UPDATE MENU in the the Tr Trackb ackball all area. area. The Video Set Counter / Search Dialog window  is displayed

5.

Use the alphanumeric keyboard  to enter the counter number in the counter field.

Number appears

6.

Press SET COUNTER to sav save e the the cha change nge..

Num Number ber is sav saved ed

7.

Press RECORD o n the K KE EYBOARD

to rreeturn to the sc scanning m moode

8.

Press REC/PAUSE icon on the screen

to Start Recording A red dot is displayed in the VCR status area on the Title bar  to  to indicate that recording has begun

9.

Press REC/PAUSE icon on the screen.

To Stop recording The video status icon is changed to (Pause)

10.

Press RECORD on the KEYBOARD and the To start, Play back an examination assignable play

11.

sign gnabl able e key s  on the Control Use the As si Panel

to perform actions on the recorded session, such as stop, pause, rewind or fast forward. The video status icon in updated accordingly.

12.

While in playback mode, use the TRACKBALL  to adjust the video playback speed and scroll through the record.

To search on the tape

13.

Press the assignable PAUSE

to stop the tape at the desired frame. part of it can be stored on the computer’s memory as a cineloop.The

4 - 26

14.

When playing back an examination

cineloop enables the user to perform operations on the stored section (see for further information onfurther cineloop operation).

15.

Press (FREEZE) while playing back a recorded session.

To sto re a recorded sequence as a cineloop . The last few seconds are stored as a cineloop.

Sec t i o n 4-4 - So f t w ar e Co n f i g u r at i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sectio Se ction n 4-6M 4-6Monit onitor or Function Func tion Checks Checks 4-6-1

15" LC LCD DMON II Ass Assyy & LC LCD D Pane nell with with filte filterr F Func unctio tion nV Va alid lida ation tion P Proc roce edur dure e 1. 1.)) Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system em.. 2.) Select "Utility "Utility Key” Key” on the Key board and then choose choose “Test Pattern” Pattern” and “Resolution “Resolution”” marked in the figure below.

Figure 4-2 4-23 3 15 15”” LCDMON LCDMON Assy Function Check 3.) All the Numbers Numbers from 0 to 100 on the figure figure above should should be easily distingui distinguished. shed.

Sec t i o n 4-4 - So f t w ar e Co n f i g u r at i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 27

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-6-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

15" O OS SD Ke Keyy As Assy sy Funct unctio ion n Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re 1. 1.)) Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system. em. 2.) Select “OSD “OSD Button” Button” and “Lamp Button” Button” marked marked below below in the figure figure below. below.

Lamp Button

OSD button for OSD menu display

Figure 4-2 4-24 4 Select Select OSD OSD Button & Lamp Button 3.) OSD Menu should should be displayed displayed within 5sec 5sec and the Lamp should should be turned turned on as soon as Lamp Button is pushed. 4.) Select “OSD “OSD Button” marked marked below in the figure figure below and and check that contrast contrast value value is changed changed as soon as the button pushed.

OSD OS D button for adjusting v alue aluess Figur e 4-25 4-25 Select OSD Button But ton 5) Displayed value should be changed as soon as the button pushed. 4 - 28

Sec t i o n 4-4 - So f t w ar e Co n f i g u r at i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sectio Se ction n 4-7Keyboard 4-7Keyboard Function Func tion Checks Checks 4-7-1

Main Keyb Keyboa oard rd Assy Assy Funct unctio ion n Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re 1. 1.)) Boot Boot up the the sys syste tem. m. 2.) Insert the the Service Service Dongle Dongle and go to the maintena maintenance nce mode. mode. 3.) Click Click 'Start 'Start'' and go go to 'Run' 'Run'..

Figur e 4-26 Start Start and run 4.) Click the Run and and then you can get get the 'Run' 'Run' dialog dialog box. 5.) Write the 'cmd 'command 'command into 'Run' dialog dialog box and press 'OK' button button to display command command prompt. prompt.

Figure 4-27 4-27 Run dialog box

Figure 4-28 4-28 command promp t Sec t i o n 4-7 - K ey b o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 29

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

44-77-1 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ma Main in Keyboard Assy Function Functi on Valid Validation ation Procedure (cont’d) 6.) Write the 'scfpapite 'scfpapitest.exe' st.exe' on the the command prompt prompt and press 'Enter' 'Enter' button to po pop p up the scfpapitest program.

Figure 4-29 4-29 scfpapitest progr am 7.) Press the keyboard keyboard button button and rotate rotate rotary button. button. When you press press or rotary keys, keys, Log dialog dialog box displays the key log. Button name and displaying log name is like the table. Table able 44-8 8

Button and and Rotaty otaty Table able

Button But ton or or Rota Rotary ry Na Name The Name displa displaye yed d in Log Log

Button Button or or R Rota otary ry Na Name

The Name displa displaye yed d in Log Log

Patient

New Patient Button

Active Mode

Active Mode Button

Probe/Preset

Probe Button

CF

CFM PushEncoder Button

Report

Report Button

PDI

PDI Button

End Exam Button

4 - 30

End Exam Record

Record button

Dept (Button) Dept (Rotary)

Depth PushEncoder Button Depth PushEncoder Rotary

P1

Print or record button1

PW

PWD PushEncoder Button

P2

Print or record button2

CW

CW Button

Reverse

Reverse Button

M

Userdefine 1

Userdefine 1 Button

Scan Area

ScanArea Button

Userdefine 2

Userdefine 2 Button

M/D Cursor

MD Cursor Button

Userdefine 3

Userdefine 3 Button

Zoom (Button)

Zoom/Size PushEncoder Button

Userdefine 4

Userdefine 4 Button

Zoom ((R Rotary)

Zoom/Size PushEncoder R Rootary

Userdefine 5

Userdefine 5 Button

Measure

Measure Button

L (Left)

Left Button

BodyPattern/Ellipse BodyPattern/Elli pse (Button)

BodyPattern/Ellipse PushEncoder BodyPattern/Ellipse Button

Sec t i o n 4-7 - K ey b o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

M Mode PushEncoder  

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 Table able 44-8 8

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Button and Rota Rotaty ty Table able

Button But ton or or Rota Rotary ry Na Name The Name displa displaye yed d in Log Log

Button Button or Rota Rotary ry Na Name

The Name displa displaye yed d in Log Log

R (Right)

Right Button

BodyPattern/Ellipse BodyPattern/El lipse (Rotary

BodyPattern/Ellipse PushEncoder BodyPattern/Ellipse Rotary

THI

Harmonics Button

Comment

comment Button

AO

Auto Right Button

Clear

Clear Button

B (Button)

B PushEncoder Button B PushEncoder Rotary

TGC Slide

Slider : n=8 s1 ~ s8

B (Rotary)

NOTICE When you can check the name displayed in log as you press or rotate keys, the main keyboard assy

was replaced correctly. 8.) Check the 'Fast' 'Fast' radio button button into Indicator Indicator box on scfpapite scfpapitest st program and and press 'Set All' button. button.

Figure 4-30 4-30 Fast Fast butto n NOTICE After pressing Fast radio button, indicators should be blanked on the frontpanel.

Sec t i o n 4-7 - K ey b o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 31

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-7-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sub Keyb Keyboa oard rd Assy Assy Funct unctio ion n Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re 1.) Boot up the system system and and run the the scfpapitest scfpapitest program. program.

A ssy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-29 to 4-29  to NOTICE Follow up the procedure 4-7-1 "Main Keyboard Assy run the scfpapitest program. 2.) Press and Rotary Rotary sub keyboard, keyboard, and Paddle Paddle (up/down, (up/down, right/left) right/left) button. button. 3.) Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest scfpapitest program program Table able 44-9 9

4-7-3

Button and Rota Rotary ry Table able B u t t o n o r Ro t ar y Nam e

Th e Nam e d i s p l ay ed i n L o g

1 (Button/Rotary)

PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Button/Rotary

2 (Button/Rotary)

PushEncoder 2 of Touchpanel Button/Rotary

3 (Button/Rotary)

PushEncoder 3 of Touchpanel Button/Rotary

4 (Button/Rotary)

PushEncoder 4 of Touchpanel Button/Rotary

5 (Button/Rotary)

PushEncoder 5 of Touchpanel Button/Rotary

Up

Paddle Up Button

Down

Paddle Down Button

Left

Paddle Left Button

Right

Paddle Right Button

Tr ac k b al l A s s y v al i d at i o n 1.) Boot Boot up the the sys syste tem. m. 2.) Press Press the meas measure uremen mentt button. button. 3. 3.)) Move Move the the Track Trackba ballll.. When you move the trackball in measurement mode, the cursor should be moved.

4-7-4

A /N K ey as s y v al i d at i o n 1.) Boot Boot up the the sys syste tem. m. 2.) Press Press 'Commen 'Comment't' butt button. on. 3. 3.)) Pr Pres esss A/N key keybo boar ard. d. Each key should be displayed on the monitor display.

4-7-5

Fr eeze k ey va val i d at i o n Function unction Validation Procedure" on page 4-29  4-29  1.) Follow Follow up the the proc procedu edure re 4-7-1 "Main Keyboard Assy F to run the scfpapitest program. 2.) Press Freeze Freeze button button and check check up the Log dialog dialog box ifif the freeze freeze key was release. release.

NOTICE After pressing Freeze button, Freeze button message should be displayed into Log dialogbox on

scfpapitest program.

4 - 32

Sec t i o n 4-7 - K ey b o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-7-6

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

TGC k ey a ass sa say / TGC K n o ob bS Se et vva alid lid ati atio on 4-29  1.) Follow Follow up the the proce procedur dure e 4-7-1 "Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-29  to run the scfpapitest program. 2.) Slide Slide TGC pot pot and chec checkk up the valu value. e.

NOTICE While sliding TGC pot, TGC message should be displayed.

4-7-7

Su b K ey b o oa ard En cco o de der Kn Kn o b Set v a alilid d ati atio on

4-32.. Follow up 4-7-2 "Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-32

Sec t i o n 4-7 - K ey b o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 33

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sectio Se ction n 4-8M 4-8Mechanical echanical Function Funct ion Checks Checks 4-8-1

Co v er P Pa ar t s F Fu uncti on V Va al i d at i o n Table 44-10 10

• • •

4 - 34

Cover parts of the FRU FRU

No

It em

1

Right and Left cover 

2

Front cover 

3

Rear cover 

4

Middle cover 

5

Top cover 

6

Top bottom cover 

7

Pole cover 

8

Neck front cover 

9

Neck rear cover 

10

Dummy cover L/R

11

EMI cover L/R

12

LCD Std Arm with cover 

13

Rear handle

14

Rear hook

15

ECG cable hook

16

Cable Arm hook

17

LP5/LA5 Monitor Cover set

Check Check if the FRU FRU parts parts are are assemb assembled led tigh tightly tly by by naked naked eye eye and hand hands. s. Check Check ifif there there are are dent dents, s, scrat scratche ches, s, or or cracks cracks on the the FRU FRU parts. parts. Check heck if scre screws ws ar are e in in pla placce.

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-8-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

LC LCD D pl pla ast stic ic fi filt lte er Fun Funct ctio ion n Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re Check if LCD plastic filter is fastened so that it won't move.

Figur e 4-31 4-31 Check the LCD Plastic Filter 

4-8-3

A ir filt filte er se set Fu Fu n ccti tio o n Va Valid lid a ati tio o n Pro Procc ed u re re Check if the air filter is placed deep inside.

Figure 4-32 4-32 Check the air air filter 

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 35

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

4-8-4 TGC ke key assy assy//TGC K Knob nob Se Set, Sub Sub ke keybo yboa ard e enco ncode derr Knob Knob Se Set, Ke Keyca ycap p se set, t, Main Keyboard Keyboa rd Encoder Knob set Function Valida Validation tion Proce Procedure dure • • •

Chec Checkk iiff tthe he each each bu butt tton on ope opera rate tess prop proper erly ly.. Chec Checkk iiff eenc ncode oderr kno knobs bs ar are e in in tthe he cente center. r. Chec Checkk if the the key keyca cap p set set can can not not be rem remov oved ed eas easilily. y.

Figure 4-33 4-33 Check the each butto n

4 - 36

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-8-5

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Cu p h o ld ld er F Fu u nc nc tio tion n Valid lid atio tio n Pro rocc ed ed u ure re Check if the cup holder can not be removed easily.

Figure 4-34 4-34 Check the cup holder 

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 37

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-8-6

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Front ront ca cast ste er/ r/R Rear cca ast ste er F Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valida lidatio tion nP Pro roce cedu dure re • • • •

In case case of Bi break break caster, caster, check all caster caster locks and caster caster swivel swivel locks locks for proper operation. operation. In case case of front front cast caster, er, check check cast caster er locks locks for proper proper oper operati ation. on. In case case of rear rear cast caster, er, check check caste caster's r's moti motion on for for prope properr operat operation ion.. Check heck if scre screws ws ar are e in in pla placce.

Figure Figu re 4-35 Check the caster 

4 - 38

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-8-7

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Prob rob e h o ld ld e err Fu Fu n cti ctio o n Va Valid lid a ati tio o n Pro Procc ed u re re Check if the probe holders are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands. Check if the probe holder can not be removed easily.

Figure 4-36 4-36 Check the probe holder 

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 39

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-8-8

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Flexi lexibl ble e LC LCD D Arm Arm F Fun unct ctio ion n Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re • •

Check Check if the flexib flexible le arm op operat erates es properl properly.( y.(UpUp-dow down, n, rotatio rotation n and tilting tilting mecha mechanis nism) m) Check if the flexible flexible arm cover parts can not not be removed removed easily.Che easily.Check ck if the lock lock operates operates properly. properly.

 

Figur e 4-37 Check the Flexib Flexib le LCD Arm

4 - 40

Sec t i o n 4-8 - Mec h an i c al Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sectio Se ction n 4-9Board 4-9Board Function Func tion Checks Checks 4-9-1

CL1 L1T TRX As Assy sy / BL BL1 1TRX As Assy sy Funct unction ion Valida lidation tion Proce rocedu dure re

WARNING When Service Login for FRU Diagnostic, scan mode must be B-mode. After Diagnostic is completed, the system should be rebooted.

WARNING Diagnostics should be performed with probes which have 128 or more elements.

1.) 2.) 3.) 4.) 5.)

Turn on the system system and and check the complet completion ion of Echoloader Echoloader loading loading.. Do the the Service Service Logi Login. n. Refer Refer to the the 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41. 5-41 . Select 'Diagnosti 'Diagnostics' cs' => 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' Diagnostics' => 'FRU Test' Test' => 'CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX overall'. overall'. Execute Execute the the diagn diagnosti osticc test. test. 5)All diagnosti diagnosticc test item of of CL1TRX Assy Assy / BL1TRX should should be passed. passed.

Figur e 4-38 4-38 CL1TRX CL1TRX Diagnos tic test 6. 6.)) Shut Shut down down the sys system tem.. 7. 7.)) Rest Restar artt the sys system tem 8.) Check the the basic function function of of system's system's different different modes. modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and 4-8 and refer to 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9. 4-9 .

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 41

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

AC ACW WD As Asss y Fu n ncc tio tion n Valid lid atio tio n Pro rocc e ed du ure re 1.) Insert Insert the the Sector Sector probe probe in probe probe port. port. 2. 2.)) Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system. em. 3.) Press Virtual Virtual Convex Convex button to enable enable Virtual Convex Convex if not already already enabled. enabled.

Figur e 4-39 4-39 Virtual Convex Enabled

Figur e 4-40 4-40 Virtual Convex

4 - 42

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

4.) Press Press “CW” butt button on to start start CWD CWD Mode. Mode.

Figure Figu re 4-41 4-41 CW mode mod e 5.) Scan in CWD mode mode (with (with Virtual Virtual Convex Convex enabled enabled). ). 6.) Press Press “B” butto button n to scan scan in “B” mode mode.. 7.) Press Virtual Virtual Convex Convex button to disable disable Virtual Virtual Convex if not already already disabled. disabled.

Figure Figu re 4-42 4-42 Virtual Convex Disabled. Disabled . 8.) Press Press “CW” butt button on to start start CWD CWD Mode. Mode. 9.) Scan in CWD mode mode (with (with Virtual Virtual Convex Convex disable disabled) d) 10.)Compare the CWD (with Virtual Convex enabled) sensitivity and CWD (with Virtual Convex disabled). 11.)Pass if two modes have the same sensitivity. 12.)Do the service login. Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41. 5-41 . 13.)Select “Diagnostics” => “LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics” => “FRU Test”. 14.)Select “ACWD” => “ACWD Overall” 15.)After 15.) After All diagnostic function check of ACWD should be Passed. Refer to Table 7-5, “FRU Test,

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 43

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

ACWD Diagnostics Diagnostics Menu,” on page 18.Reboot 18.Reboot up the system.

Figur e 4-43 ACWD Diagnos tic Test Test 16.)Reboot up the system. 17.)Insert Probe in Probe port (Sector or Pencil Probe). 18.)After system boot up, enter the CWD mode. 19.)Check the display Image. Refer to Section 10-5 "System Maintenance" on page 10-7 and 10-7  and 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9. 4-9.

4 - 44

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-3 NOTE NO TE::

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Probe robe As Asse sess ssme ment nt Dia iagn gnos osti ticc Test Valilida datio tion n Proce rocedu dure re Th This is dia diagn gnos osti tic c test test doe does s not not repre represe sent nt the the res resul ultt as Pas Passe sed d or F Fai aile led. d.

1.) Clean probe probe surface that that you want to assess assess and connect connect the probe to the 1st probe probe slot of the system. 2.) Turn on the system system and and check the complet completion ion of Echoloader Echoloader loading loading.. 3.) Do the Service Service Login. Login. 4.) Select 'Diagnost 'Diagnostics' ics' => 'LOGIQ 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' Diagnostics' => 'FRU Test' Test' => 'Probe' => 'Probe Assesement Assesement'.'. 5.) Execute Execute the the diagn diagnosti osticc test. test. 6.) The test shows bar-graph bar-graph designating designating the signal signal strength of each of the testing testing probe's elements elements including the probe code, name and the number of elements.

Figure 4-44 4-44 Probe Assessment Diagnost Diagnost ic Test Test

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 45

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

44-99-3 3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Probe Assessm Assessment ent Diagnostic Test Test Valid Validation ation Procedure (cont’d) 7.) If the test is executed executed without without probe connectio connection, n, the test shows shows the following following result. result.

Figure 4-4 4-45 5 Probe Assessment Diagnost Diagnost ic Test Test 8.) After finish finishing ing the the test, shut down down the the system. system.

4 - 46

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-4 4-9-4-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

SYSCONML A Ass ssyy Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re L 1S 1SYSCON di d i ag ag no no sstt ic ic Te T es t 1.) Turn on the system system and and check the complet completion ion of echoloader echoloader loading. loading. 2.) Do the the Service Service Logi Login. n. Refer Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 5-41.. 3.) Select 'Diagnost 'Diagnostics' ics' => 'LOGIQ 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' Diagnostics' => 'FRU test' test' => 'L1SYSCON' 'L1SYSCON' => 'L1SYSCON Overall'. 4.) Execute Execute the the diagnos diagnostic tic test test.. 5.) All diagnosti diagnosticc test item item of L1SYSCON L1SYSCON should should be passed. passed.

Figur e 4-46 4-46 L2SYSCON L2SYSCON Diagnos tic Test Test 6. 6.)) Shut Shut down down the sys system tem.. 7. 7.)) Rest Restart art the the sys syste tem m 8.) Check the the basic function function of of system's system's different different modes. modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and 4-8 and refer to 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9. 4-9 . 4-9-4-2

Per i p h er al Tes t   Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26. 4-26 .

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 47

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-5 NOTE: OTE:

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

AP APS S/AP APS S Pro Ass Assyy P PC CB F Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valilida dati tion on Pro Proce cedu dure re HVL VL+ +a and nd HVLHVL- are are not not av avai aila labl ble e for for APS APS PRO PRO..

1. 1.)) 2.) 3.) 4.)

Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system. em. 5-41.. Do the the Service Service Logi Login. n. Refer Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 Select 'Diagnos 'Diagnostics' tics' => 'LOGIQ 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' Diagnostics' => 'FRU test' test' => 'APS' => 'APS Overall'. Overall'. Execut Execute e the diag diagnos nostic tic test. test.

5.) All diagnosti diagnosticc test item item of APS/APS APS/APS Pro should should be passed. passed.

Figur e 4-47 4-47 APS/APS APS/APS Pro Diagnos tic Test Test 6.) Shut Shut down down the sys syste tem. m. 7.) Resta Restart rt tthe he sys syste tem m

4 - 48

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-6

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

P3RLY LY,,P2RLY and P P2 2RLY with with D Dum ummy my Ass Assyy fu func ncti tion on che check ck pro proce cedu dure re 1. 1.)) Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system em.. 2.) After completion completion of echoloa echoloader der loading, loading, connect connect probe on port port 1. Refer Refer to 4-3-7-1 "Connecting a probe" on page 4-12. 4-12. 3.) Log into into “Servi “Service ce Login” Login”.. Refer Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 5-41.. 4.) Click Click “Diagn “Diagnost ostics ics”” on top menu. menu. 5.) On left folder folder window, window, select 'LOGIQ 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' Diagnostics' => 'FRU test' test' => 'P3RLY' 6.) Select 'P3RLY Overall' Overall' and and execute execute test 7.) All diagnos diagnostic tic test test items items must must be passed. passed.  

Figur e 4-48 4-48 P3RLY P3RLY diagn ostic ost ic test 8. 8.)) Shut Shut down down the sys system tem.. 9. 9.)) Rest Restar artt the sys system tem 10.)Activate probe. Refer to 4-3-7-2 "Activating the probe" on page 4-12. 4-12 . 11.)Check 11.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and 4-8  and refer to 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9. 4-9. For LA5 sy system, om omit CFM CFM te tesst 12.)Disconnect probe. Refer to 4-3-7-4 "Disconnecting the probe" on page 4-12. 4-12 . 13.)Connect probe on port 2 and repeat step 8) ~ 10) 14.)Connect probe on port 3 and repeat step 8) ~ 10) Fo Forr LLA5 A5 syste ystem m, oomi mitt po port rt 3 te test st 15.)All basic functions must show correct operation as described.

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 49

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-7

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

SOM Fu n c t i o n V Va a l i d a t i o n Pr o c e d u r e 1. 1.)) 2.) 3.) 4.)

Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system. em. Press the 'del' 'del' key in A/N A/N key within within 3 sec. to enter enter BIOS setting setting mode. mode. Set the the system system time time and and the the system system Date. Date. Check the SOM version version (HW version version & BIOS version version))

3.)

4.) BIOS BIOS versi on

4.) 4.)HW HW versio n

Figure 4-49 4-49 Set Set the system time and the system Date Date and Check Check SOM SOM version version on BIOS setting mo de 5.) Press the 'F10' 'F10' key to save configuratio configuration n changes and exit exit bios mode. mode. The system will will restart. restart. 6.) Check the the basic function function of system' system'ss different different modes. modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and 4-8 and refer to 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9. 4-9.

4-9-8

AS ASIIG A s sy sy Fu n ccti tio o n Valid lid a ati tio o n Pro rocc ed ed u ure re 1. 1.)) Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system em 2.) Check the basic basic function function of system's system's different different modes. modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and 4-8  and Refer to Section 10-5 "System Maintenance" on page 10-7. 10-7.

4 - 50

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-9

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ba Back ckP Plane lane As Assy sy Funct unctio ion n Valilida dati tion on Proce rocedu dure re 1. 1.)) 2.) 3. 3.)) 4. 4.)) 5. 5.)) 6. 6.))

Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system em All of attac attached hed ASSY ASSY should should be teste tested. d. Refe Referr to th thee 4-9-4 "SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-47. 4-47. Refe Referr to th thee 4-9-7 "SOM Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-50. 4-50 . Refe Referr to th thee 4-9-1 "CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-41. 4-41 . Y and P2RL P 2RLY Y with Dummy Assy function check procedure" on page Refe Referr ttoo tthe he 4-9-6 "P3RLY,P2RL "P3RLY,P2RLY 4-49.. 4-49 7. 7.)) Refe Referr ttoo 4-9-5 "APS/APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-48. 4-48 . 8. 8.)) Refe Referr ttoo 4-9-2 "ACWD Assy Function Funct ion Validation Procedure" on page 4-42.(Optional) 4-42.(Optional)

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 51

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-10

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Nest ffa an F Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valilida dati tion on Pro roce cedu dure re 1.) After replace replace Nest Nest fan assy, assy, turn turn on the system. system. Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11. 3-11 . 2.) Confirm Confirm the fan rotating rotating with naked eye and check check the fan operating operating by rotating rotating sound. No strange strange sound should be heard.

Figure 4-50 4-50 Checking Nest Nest fan fan rotating NOTE: NOT E:

4-9-11

Do not not clos close e th the e right right EMI bracket bracket and rig right ht plas plastic tic cov cover er befo before re chec check k th the e fa fan n opera operatio tion. n.

Trans ransbo boxx F Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valilida dati tion on Pro Proce cedu dure re 1.) Turn Turn on the the system system.. Refer Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 for 3-11 for power up sequence to check Transbox Assy function. The system must show correct operation as described on sequence. 2.) Check the peripher peripheral al operation operation.. Refer Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 4-26 to  to confirm the peripheral operation. All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4-5.

4-9-12

AC ACP PC Assy Assy set set F Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valid lida atio tion nP Pro roce cedu dure re 1.) Turn Turn on the the system system.. Refer Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 for 3-11 for power up sequence to check Transbox Assy function. The system must show correct operation as described on sequence. 4-26 to  to confirm 2.) Check the peripher peripheral al operation operation.. Refer Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 the peripheral operation. All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4-5.

4 - 52

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4-9-13

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Trans ransbo boxx As Assy sy Funct unctio ion n Valida lidation tion Proce rocedu dure re 1.) Turn on the the system. system. Refer Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 for 3-11  for power up sequence to check AP950 Assy function. The system must show correct operation as described on sequence. 2)Check the peripheral operation. Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 to 4-26 to confirm the peripheral operation. All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4-5.

4-9-14

Fus use e set set F Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valida lidati tion on Pro Proce cedu dure re 1.) check Turn on the the system. system. Refe r to 3-5-1 3-11  for "Power must On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 for up sequence to Transbox AssyRefer function. The system show correct operation aspower described on sequence. 2.) Check the periphe peripheral ral operati operation. on. Refer Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 to 4-26  to confirm the peripheral operation. All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4-5.

4-9-15

AR ARP P Assy Assy Funct unctio ion n Va Valilida dati tion on Pro roce cedu dure re 1.) ARP Assy function function can be validated validated by the result result of 'Peripheral 'Peripheral Test'. Test'. Once ARP Assy is replaced, replaced, do peripheral test in order to confirm conf irm the successful installation. Refer to the Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26. 4-26.

4-9-16

AS ASIIG AS ASS SY Fun unct ctio ion n Va Valida lidatio tion nP Pro roce cedu dure re 1. 1.)) Tu Turn rn on on the the syst system em.. R 2.) Check the the basic function function of of system's system's different different modes. modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and 4-8 and Refer to 10-5-2-1 "System Checks" on page 10-8. 10-8.

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 53

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 4-10 4-10 Site Log Table 44-1 11 Dat e

4 - 54

Site Log Ser v i c e p er s o n

Pr o b l em

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

Co m m en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

This page was intentionally left blank.

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

4 - 55

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

4 - 56

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sec t i o n 4-9 - B o ar d Fu n c t i o n Ch ec k s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 5 Comp omponents onents and Functio unc tions ns (The heory ory)) Secti Se ction on 5-1 Overview 5-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f Ch ap t er 5 This chapter explains system concepts, component arrangement, and subsystem function of LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro. It also describes the Power Distribution System (PDS) and probes. Table 5-1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 5

Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er

5-1

O verview Ov

5-1

5-2

General Information

5-2

5-3

Block Diagram

5-3

5-4

Main Board Detail

5-9

5-5

Top Console

5-26

5-6

ARP (Rear Panel)

5-30

5-7

Power Diagrams

5-32

5-8

Cable Connection

5-35

5-9

Filters Fi

5-39

5-10

Service Platform

5-40

5-11

RFS (Service For Request)

5-52

5-12

Machine RFS

5-56

5-13

Fast Polling

5-59

Sec t i o n 5-1 - Ov er v i ew

5-1

 

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-2 General Ge neral Information Info rmation LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner. It has provisions for analog input sources like ECG. A Doppler probe may also be connected and used. The LOGIQ™ P5 can be used for: 2D Gray Gray Scal Scale e and and 2D Colo Colorr F Flo low w Ima Imagi ging ng M-Mod odee Gray Scale Imag Imagiing Color M-Mode Doppler   Diff Differ eren entt com combi bina natition onss of of tthe he ab abov ove e mod modes es 4D(Optional) And the LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro can be used for: -

2D Gray Scale Imaging M-Mod odee Gray Scale Imag Imagiing Doppler   Diff Differ eren entt com combi bina natition onss of of tthe he ab abov ove e mod modes es 2D Color olor Flow Flow Im Imag agiing(O ng(Opt ptio iona nal) l)

LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro is a digital beamforming system. Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End Electronics, to the Back-End Processor, and finally displayed on the monitor and peripherals. System configuration is stored on the hard drive and all necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.

Monitor 

Speaker  Keyboard

DVD R Drive

Figur e 5-1 LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro P5/A5/A5Pro Major Comp Comp onents 5-2

Sec t i o n 5-1 - Ov er v i ew

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-4 Main Ma in Board B oard Detail Detail

  s    l   a   n   g    i    S

Front End

   X    R    d   n   a    X    T

P3RLY ASSY A   S   G I    A   S   S  Y 

CL1TRX ASSY

 ACWD ASSY (opt io n)  .   c    t   e      O    /    I

Back End

  r   e   w   o    P    d   n   a

  o   e    d    i    V  ,    O    /    I   o    i    d   u    A  ,    B    S    U

B  A   C K  P  L  A  N E  A   S   S  Y 

   t   a   a    D    l   a    t    i   g    i    D

SYSCONPM ASSY

 APS ASSY

 ARP ASSY

4D BOX ASSY (Option)

Figur e 5-8 LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5 Main board Structure Struct ure

Figur e 5-9 LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Main board Structure Struct ure The Front End generates the strong burst transmitted by the probes as ultrasound into the body. It also receives weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure, amplifies these signals and converts them to an digital signal.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

Secti Se ction on 5-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Main Main Board Boar d Detail Detail (cont’d)

The digital representation of this signal is presented to the Mid Processor section. •

P3RLY P3RLY (Relay (Relay)) : This P P3RL 3RLY Y is for LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ P5 or or LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ A5/A5P A5/A5Pro ro with with 3port 3port upgra upgrade de kit. kit. P3RLY Assy contains 3 connectors for probe interface and arrays of relays for switchable connection. High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit/receive signals.

•

P2RLY( P2R LY(Rel Relay) ay) : and This Thisarrays P2RLY P2RLYofisrelays for LOGIQ LO GIQ™ ™ A5/A5Pro. A5/A5Pro. P2RLY P2RLY High Assy Assyvoltage contai contains nsmultiplexer 2 connec connector tors s for probe interface for switchable connection. provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit/receive signals CL1TRX CL1TRX (Colo (Colorr single single acqu acquisi isitio tion n Tx and Rx) Rx) : This This board board is is for LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 and and LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ A5/ A5/ A5Pro with Color upgrade. This consists of two main board, L1BFC(Single acquisition Beam Forming Control) and CTX(Color TX) ASSY. L1BFC has transmit/receiving switch to isolate rx signal circuit from transmit pulse. The preamplifier on L1BFC amplifies 64 small echo signals. The amplified receiving signals are converted to digital and sent to the delayed summing block. CTX board has 64 channel Transmit pulse generator, bipolar pulse drivers and delay controller. SYSCONP SYSCONPM M (System (System Cont Control rol board board with with Penti Pentium um M modul module): e): SYSCO SYSCONPM NPM iiss for LOGIQ LOGIQ™ ™ P5 or LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro with color upgrade kit. SYSCONPM controls scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to other boards like P3RLY, CL1TRX, ACWD(option). Proper signal processing for tissue and Doppler are done in SYSCONPM. SYSCONC SYSCONCM M (System (System Contr Control ol board board with with Cele Celeron ron M modul module): e): SYSCO SYSCONCM NCM iiss for LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ A5/

•

•

•

•

•

5 - 10

A5Pro. controls scan operationfor and transfer scan parameters other boards like P2RLY,SYSCONPM BL1TRX. Proper signal processing tissue andthe Doppler are done in to SYSCONCM. APS/APS APS/APS Pro(Adv Pro(Advanc anced ed Power Power Supply Supply)) : Inclu Includes des Low Low voltage voltage power power and and High volt voltage age power power in one module. It generates 3.3V, 5V, and 12V for digital parts and 6V, -6V, 12A, -12V for analog parts. Additionally, It generate THV(Transmit High Voltage) and SHV(Static High Voltage) for transmit pulse driver and High voltage MUX. ASIG(Sig ASIG(Signal) nal) : Trans Transfers fers the the TX pulse pulse signal signalss from from CL1TRX( CL1TRX(BL1T BL1TRX) RX) to the the probe probe port on P3RLY(P2RLY). Receives echo signals from P3RLY(P2RLY) are transfer to CL1TRX(BL1TRX) through this ASIG. For ACWD, the pre-amplified received signals go to the ACWD though ASIG.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-4-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

P3RL Y an d P2RL Y SHV

RELAY SHV PORT A

RELAY

128 128 128 128

PORT B

128 128

RELAY PORT A

128 128

HV MUX

128

To CL1TRX 64

128 PORT B

HV MUX

To CL1TRX 64

128

PORT C 128 128 Control Circuit

Control FPGA

Temperature Sensor

Control Circuit

Control FPGA

Probe ID Interface

Probe ID Interface FEBUS

FEBUS

Figu re 5-10 P3RLY P3RLY & P2RLY P2RLY Bloc Bl ockk Diagr am P3RLY ASSY contains of 3 probe connectors and provides switchable connection between probes and 64ch transmitters/receivers. P2RLY contains 2 probe connector  The main function of P3RLY ASSY and P2RLY ASSY is as follows. 5-4-1-1

33-toto-1 1 sel selec ecto tors rs with with thr three ee pro probe be po ports rts fo forr P3RL P3RLY Y bo board ard.. 2 tto o 1 sele select ctor or with with tw two o prob probe e por ports ts fo forr P2R P2RLY LY bo board ard In Inte terf rfac ace e wit with h FEB FEBU US (co (cont ntro roll bus bus)) Supply/ Supply/Cut Cut control control and and failu failure re detec detectio tion n of suppl supplyy voltage voltage for Mux Mux circui circuitt in a Prob Probe. e. Device: Mec echa han nical Relay.

In t er f ac e t o Pr Pr o b e • Pro Probe St Status det dete ection Dete Detect ctss whe wheth ther er or no nott a pr prob obe e is is con conne nect cted. ed.(P (POPE OPEN) N) Dete Detect ctss ID ID cod code e of of a con conne nect cted ed pr prob obe. e.(P (PCO CODE DE)) • Mux Interface

•

-Trans Tra nsfe fers rsDisa cont csabl ontro rol da ta of ofl Mux Mu toa.a prob probe.( e.(CO CONS NSYS, YS,CO CONS NSTA) TA) En Enab able les/ s/Di bles esl data co cont ntro rol of of dat dxata. Dete Detect ctss whe wheth ther er Mux Mux data data sett settin ing g is is fin finis ishe hed d or or not not.. Power Su Supply fo for Mu Mux Supply/Cut co control: +5V and +12V on a connector are supplied while a probe is connected to the connector. +/-SHV are supplied only while a probe is selected.

•

LED Blinking Th The e LED LED in a prob probe e bli blink nkss whe when n the the pr prob obe e is is sel selec ecte ted. d.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-4-2 5-4-2-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CL 1TRX an d B L 1TRX Ov er v i ew CL1TRX have two PWAs. Both are CTX PWA and L1BFC PWA. CTX generates the TX pulse and L1BFC receives the echo signal to amplify it and convert the amplified echo signal into digital signal. These RF digital signals delayed and summed by beam-forming in OQx2 ASICs. BL1TRX have also two PWAs, BTX PWA and L1BFC PWA. The difference between BTX and CTX is trasntmit pulse firver circuit. BTX have single pulse driver per each channel, but the CTX have dual pulse driver circuit per each channel for high performance in B/CFM mode The CL1TRX ASSY or BL1TRX ASSY is located in the Nest box

5-4-2-2

Li Limi mite terr iin n CL1T L1TRX and BL1 BL1TRX +V bias

To P3RLY  board

From TX _Block

To RX_Block Coupling Diode

Isolation Diode

-V bias

Figur e 5-11 5-11 LMT Block Blo ck Diagram The main functions are as follows. •

5 - 12

64ch 64ch transmi transmit/re t/recei ceivin vingg swit switche chess protect protect a Pre-am Pre-amp p from a high high voltage voltage tran transmi smitt pulse pulse

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-2-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Pre rea amp in CL1T L1TRX/BL1 BL1TRX

LNA

ch0

A D C 1 0 b it s VCA

LNA

ch1

A D C 1 0 b it s VCA

LNA

ch2

A D C 1 0 b it s VCA

LNA

ch3

A D C 1 0 b it s VCA

LNA

ch63

A D C 1 0 b it s VCA

Figur e 5-12 5-12 Pre Amp Block Blo ck Diagram For a Channel The Pre-Amplifier receives and amplifies each 64 echo signals. Then, all 64 echo signals (from 0 to 63ch) are outputted to the Analog to Digital converter to delay and sum. Following 32 echo signals (from 32 to 63ch) are simultaneously outputted to the ACWD ASSY via the ASIG ASSY. The preamp module have main three blocks: Pre-amp and Gain Control and Mode control block. The preamp module amplifies the echo signals. The mode control block selects a maximum gain code via dedicated control signals from SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM). The analog signal provided by Gain Control block gives total amplified gain. The block diagram above of the preamp module for a received signal is given. Actually, there are 64 channels equivalent to figure above for a preamp module. The Pre-amp block consists of Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) and Variable Gain Amplifier (VGA). A received signal is amplified by LNA (fixed gain), then amplified by VGA (variable gain).

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 13

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-2-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Del ay ed Su Su m Mo Mo d u l e

Cl1TRX A D C 1 0 b it s

OQX2 S Df oRr A M OQx2 & TPG2

A D C 1 0 b it s A D C 1 0 b it s

OQX2

A D C 1 0 b it s F E B U S

OQX2

A D C 1 0 b it s

OQX2 R  F    _  S   U  M 

BACKPLANE ASSY

Figur e 5-13 5-13 DELAYED DELAYED SUM Block Blo ck Diagram The Delayed Sum is the receive beam former and consist of 4 OQx2 ASICs. Each OQx2 ASIC has 16 receiving channels. The each digital beamforming output data of the OQx2 transferred to the next OQx2 and the output of final OQx2 transferred to the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM)to make it into image data through some digital signal processing. Delay control data for receive beam forming are contained in SDRAM. Typically only 1 selected probe data are saved in SDRAM. If new probe is connected, additional probe data will be downloaded from HDD to SDRAM. Main items are •

•

•

5 - 14

TRBC TRBC FPGA : Prov Provide ide inte interfac rfaces es with with SYSCON SYSCONPM(S PM(SYSC YSCONC ONCM)t M)thro hrough ugh FE FE Bus. This This FPGA FPGA control all OQx2 asic for receive beamforming. All of parameter information for ASIC operation are loaded into OQX2 ASIC from SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) through this FPGA. OQX2 :Digit :Digital al receive receive beamforming beamforming ASIC. Each OQX2 OQX2 have have capabili capability ty of 16 channel channel receiving receiving data data inputs. Each input data can be 12 bits. Operation clock is 40 MHz. 4 OQX2 ASICs are used in a Delayed Sum module and each OQX2 summed output are cascaded to next OQX2 ASIC. So, the last summed output of the last OQX2 are transferred to SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) to make a meaningful image data. The receive beamforming control logic in OQX2 ASIC need delay information data for each channel's control logic. This delay information data are downloaded into ASIC from SDRAM by TRBC FPGA. SDRAM(T SDRAM(TD D and RD RD Memory Memory)) : SDRAM SDRAM keeps keeps the recei receive ve delay delay data data for for OQX2 ASIC ASIC.. During During scan scan time, these data are downloaded into OQX2 ASIC by TRBC FPGA. Memory capacity is 32Mbytes for a probe.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-2-5

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Tra rans nsmi mitt Pul Pulse se Genera nerati tion on Bloc Blockk

64ch TX signal for HVL

TPG2

TX Driver_HVL TPG2

TPG2

 S   e  l     e   c   t   i     o  n    B   u  f   f    e  r 

(CTX Only)

64ch TX signal for HVH TX Driver_HVH

P  r   o   b   e    I   n   t    e  r  f    a   c   e    B   o   a  r   d 

TPG2

TPG2 Control Signal

Buffer enable signal to select TX Driver 

Figure 5-1 5-14 4 Tx pulse Generation Generation Block Diagram Diagram The CTX in CL1TRX generate bipolar transmit pulse and have dual driver for each scan mode, for example, low voltage driver for PWD or CFM and high voltage for B. This board has 64 channels transmit signal drivers, Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC, control FPGA and so on. Transmit pulse are generated by TPG2 ASIC. Each TPG2 ASIC makes 16 channels signals, so total 4 ASIC are used in CTX in CL1TRX. All of control informations for fo r pulse generation, pulse width, time delay of each channel are come from SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) in real time via Backplane. The control FPGA, FPGA , TRBC FPGA provide interface between SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) and TPG2 ASICs and control operation condition of CTX in CL1TRX Main items are •

•

•

•

TPG2 ASIC: ASIC: A TPG2 TPG2 ASIC can can generat generate e 16 channel channelss logic logic level level transm transmitit pulse pulse signal signal.. This ASIC ASIC use 2 phase 40MHz clocks for transmit delay control and pulse generation. genera tion. 40Mhz operation clocks are come from L1SYSCON assy via Backplane. Transmit Transmit Pulse Pulse Driver Driver : TPG2 ASIC generate generated d logic logic level level signal signal for transmit transmit pulse. So this this signal signal need to be expanded to high voltage signal. Driver circuit make logic level signal to high voltage level signal. THV Switc Switch h : LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5 system system use use dual trans transmit mit high high voltage voltage for for transm transmitit driver driver becau because se B mode and CFM mode use different voltage level of transmit pulse. So in duplex of triplex mode, B/ CFM or B/DOP, Low THV and High THV are switched in CTX in CL1TRX in real time. TRBC TRBC FPGA : This This FPGA is loca located ted on L1BFC L1BFC board board inter interfac facing ing with with SYSCON SYSCONPM(S PM(SYSCO YSCONCM NCM)) and updating the TPG data in real time.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-4-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM)

Figu re 5-15 SYSCONPM( SYSCONPM(SYSCO SYSCONCM) NCM) Bloc Bl ockk Diagram Diagr am 5-4-3-1

Ov er v i ew SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) ASSY includes Mid processor and Back End Processor. DSP generate the scan control data and the FEBC FPGA adjust the time and manipulate the FEBUS to control Front End boards and APS/APS Pro. CPDI transfer the Image or Doppler data to the Image Ring buffer through DSP. Finally the data goes to the SOM module to make displaying image or sound.

5-4-3-2

SYSTEM ON ON MODULE( LE(SOM) The SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy has System On Module PC(SOM) and PWA which is able to dock SOM. In LOGIQ™ P5 system and LOGIQ™ P5 system, PWA is used the same one. But the System On Module, which computes received Scan data, and interfaces the external peripheral devices (ex. B/ W printer, Digital Video Recorder etc.) are divided high grade for LOGIQ™ P5 and low grade for LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro by it's CPU performance.

5 - 16

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-3-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

PERIPHERA L BL B L OC K • IDE Interface : SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy has SATA bus for HDD and PATA bus for DVD-R drive interface. Primary Ma Master SA SATA: HD HDD Se Secconda ondary ry Mast Master er PATA PATA:: DVD DVD-R -R Driv Drive e • DI DISP SPLA LAY Y (VG (VGA, A, DVI, DVI, TV inpu input) t) BLOC BLOCK K Basically SOM support 2 kinds of display output. One is LVDS level for Plat panel display, and other is analog RGB for CRT monitor. To obtain advanced and stable quality image, SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) SYS CONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy convert LVDS signal to Digital Video Interface (DVI) and transport TMDS signal to main display of system. • ETHERNET BL BLOCK SOM on the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) has one integrated Ethernet port : Intel 82562 10/100 Mbps Fast Ethernet controller  •

SOM suppl supplyy four USB USB 1.1/2.0 1.1/2.0 port port.. Each USB USB ports are are used used for the keyb keyboar oard, d, BW digital digital prin printer ter,, USB port for usb memory stick, etc. • VCR INPUT For Video play back, SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) has Video Decoder device. It support NTSC/ PAL mode both. It transfers encoded data to SOM through PCI bus. -

5-4-3-4

Suppo Support rtss captu capture re res resol olut utio ions ns up up to 76 768x 8x57 576( 6(Fu Fullll PAL PAL mod mode) e) CCIR 656 In Interface SS-Vi Vide deo o & com compo posi site te inpu inputt int inter erfa face ce

FPGA B L OCK • FEBC FEBC FPGA FPGA(F (FEB EBUS US Cont Contro rol) l):: A major function of FEBC is that generate FEBUS to control co ntrol scan sequence, access register on the each other front end assy, and interface to DSP through EMIFB bus. Other roles are below -

Gene Generat rates es a sta stabl ble e PGC PGC curve curve fo forr gett gettin ing g bett better er ima image ge qua qualility ty.. Gathers Gathers the diagnos diagnostic tic inform informati ation: on: LV, LV, HV, HV, Probe Probe tempe temperatu rature, re, Nest Nest tempe temperatu rature. re. Sup Supervises th the sy system sa safety Manages Manages the each each ASSY ASSY infor informat mation ion with with IIC IIC Bus: Bus: SYSCO SYSCONPM NPM(SYS (SYSCON CONCM) CM),, CL1TR CL1TRX, X,

P3RLY(P2RL), ACWD (option) and Probes Contro Controls ls HV Voltage Voltage output output leve level:l: Trans Transfer fer the the volta voltage ge refere reference nce data from DSP to to APS/APS APS/APS Pro via IIC interface. • CPDI CPDI FPGA FPGA(C (CHAC HACOM OM Proc Proces essi sing ng Data Data In Inte terf rfac ace): e): The major function of CPDI is that transfer mid processed data from CHACOM to DSP local process. CPDI has 2EA 8x1024 Dual port as one scan line image data buffer. Address sequencer indicates to DSP that buffered data is full one scan line. then DSP can transfer a scan line data to one's SDRAM. For debugging, CPDI generate test pattern image data. It will be able to check CHACOM run normally. -

5-4-3-5

CLOC LOCK DIS DISTRIBUT BUTION BLO BLOCK Each operation clock is divided from 160MHz. Also ECL logic is used to remove rem ove clock skew for all clock distribution. Required clocks is following: • •

40MHz 40MHz In-ph In-phase ase and 40MHz 40MHz Quad-pha Quad-phase se for ACWD, ACWD, C CL1TR L1TRX X assy assy 40 40MH MHzz In In-p -pha hase se fo forr P3RL P3RLY Y assy assy Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 17

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-3-6

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

POWER CONTROL BL BL OC OCK ON/OFF power sequence control is needed to prevent system to boot up abnormally, and protect to loose important diagnostic information of patient from unexpected power failure. • Live power : Whenever main AC power is supplied, Microprocessor on the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) must live always by live power supplied by APS/APS Pro Assy. • Sy Syst stem em boot boot-u -upp se sequ quen ence ce Peripheral power -> LV power -> SOM (Main PC) on the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM). • So Sofftwar tware e shu shutt dow down n seq seque uenc nce e Because not ATX power, Main Operation System (Windows XP) have to inform about time to t o shutdown to DSP by interrupt. So DSP can allow FPGA to assert shutdown signal to MICOM. • Ab Abno norm rmal al shut shut down down se sequ quen ence ce SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) can force to shutdown system abnormally by pressing power button during 15 second. But live power for MICOM has to alive.

5-4-3-7

C H A C OM B L OC K This ASIC have two main function. One is the CHAF, which have functions of coded excitation decorder and 2nd harmonic filter. The other is COMSO, which has functions of detector, B/M mode edge enhance, Log compression, and dynamic range control.

5-4 -4--3-8

PGC and TE TEST SI SIGNAL GE GENERATIO ATION N BLO BLOC CK SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) generate Power Gain Control signal in order to get better quality scan image from CL1TRX. This signal goes into a preamp on the CL1TRX(BL1TRX) Assy. Additionally, SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) generate test signal used to test analog path of CL1TRX(BL1TRX) Assy. These signals are converted to analog from 8bit digital data from FEBC FPGA, and DSP could update digital PGC and Test data table whenever needed.

5 - 18

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-4-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

SOM Mo d u l e The SOM means System On Module which integrates the PC motherboard mother board and CPU and memory and peripheral device for BEP (Back End Process) functionality into a small size PWA. There are 2 kinds of SOM module for LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro. One is PM SOM Assy with high performance Pentium M CPU and the other is CM SOM Assy with lower performance Celeron M CPU. PM SOM PWA include moble Pentium Pent ium M CPU and 915GM chipset and 1G DDR2 memory on small size form factor PCB(3.75 inch x 4.5 inch). CM SOM PWA include mobile Celeron M CPU 915GM chipset and 512MB DDR2 memory. This SOM module is attached on the SYSCON PWA. So SYSCONPM Assy include PM SOM module and SYSCONCM Assy include CM SOM module.

Figur e 5-16 PM SOM and CM SOM Block Blo ck Diagram

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 19

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-4-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

PM SOM an d CM CM SOM The difference on both module is BIOS boot screen and label on the module. The label include FRU number. •

PM SOM SOM FRU FRU numb number er is is 51784 5178410 10 and and CM CM SOM SOM FRU FRU number number is 5178 5178834 834

Figure Figu re 5-17 5-17 Different Label L abel on PM PM SOM and CM SOM •

BIOS display display screen are differen different. t. The BIOS boot boot screen screen come up up when when power power on the system. system. The number on the screen is FRU number of each SOM assy. The system with PM SOM assy show 5178410 and the system with CM SOM assy shows 5178834.

Figur e 5-18 BIOS Boot Boo t Screen of PM SOM and CM SOM

5 - 20

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-4-2

Main

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

B IOS Co n t en t • To login login to Bios Bios mode, mode, pres presss “Del” “Del” key key in AN keyb keyboar oard d when when bios boot boot scree screen n comes comes up after after system power on. • Th The e pas passw swor ordd ffor or bios bios login login is “a “ari rira rang ng”” • PM SOM and and CM SOM SOM both has has same same BIOS BIOS content contents. s. Only Only diffe differen rence ce is CPU CPU descri descripti ption on in main main bios screen and CPU configuration menu in advanced menu. • PM SOM BIOS BIOS scree screen n shows shows the the Pentium Pentium M CPU CPU confi configura guration tion.. But the the CM SOM BIOS BIOS scree screen n shows the Celeron M CPU configuration.

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Boot Security

System Time System Date BIOS ID OEM Version Processor  CPU Frequency System Memory Board Information Product Revision Serical Number BC Firmware Rev Boot Counter Running Time

Power Exit

[HH:MM:SS] [xxx MM:DD:YYYY] : P915RXXX : GEUKXXXX : Intel® Pentium® M Processor 1.8 : 1800MHz : 1016MB

Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Boot Security

: x.x : xxxxx : xxx : xxx

System Time System Date BIOS ID OEM Version Processor  CPU Frequency System Memory Board Information Product Revision Serical Number BC Firmware Rev Boot Counter

: x.x : xxxxx : xxx : xxx

: xxxh

Running Time

: xxxh

Power Exit

[HH:MM:SS] [xxx MM:DD:YYYY] : P915RXXX : GEUKXXXX : Intel® Celeron® Celeron® M Processor 1.5 1.5 : 150MHz : 508MB

Figur e 5-19 5-19 Main BIOS Screen of PM SOM SOM and CM SOM SOM

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 21

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-4-2 5-4-42

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

BIOS Cont ent (cont’d) BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

ACPI Settings

Advanced PCI/PnP Settings

ACPI Aware O/S ACPI 2.0 Feature ACPI APIC Support Suspend Mode USB USB Devi Device ce Wa Wake keup up fr from om S3/S S3/S44 Active Cooling Trip Point Passive Cooling Trip Point Critical Trip Point W atchdog ACPI Event GPE1 Function GPE2 Function

[Yes] [No] [Enabled] [S1 (POS)] [D [Dis isab able led] d] [Disabled] [90℃] [110] [Shutdown] [No Function] [No Function]

Plug & Play OS PCI Latency Timer Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA Allocate IRQ to SMBUS HC PCI IRQ Resource Exclusion PCI Interrupt Routing

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

Graphics Configuration

Configure advanced CPU settings Module Version : xxx

Primary Video Device Internal VGA Mode Select   Aperture Size Select

[Internal VGA] [Enabled, 8MB] [256MB]

DVMT Mode Select   DVMT/FIXED Memory Boot Display Device Boot Display Preference Local Flat Type Local Flat Type Scaling SDVO Port B Device SDVO Port C Device Backlight Control TV Standard

[DVMT Mode] [128MB] [CRT + LFP] [LEP SDVO-B SDVO-C] [Customized EDID] [Expand Text & Grap] [None] [None] [100%] [VBIOS-Default]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings Memory Hole

Manufacturer : Intel Brand String : Intel® Pentium® M Processor 1.8 Frequency FSB Speed

: 1.80GHz : 400MHz

Cache L1 Cache L2

: 32KB : 2048KB

Intel® Speedstep™ tech Max. CPU Frequency

[Automatic] [1800Mhz]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced I/O Interface Configuration

[Disabled]

IOAPC APIC ACPI SCI IRQ C4 on C3 DMI Power Management

[Enabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled]

PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Port 1 PCI Express Port 2 PCI Express Port 3 PCI Express Port 4 VC1 for Azlia & Root Ports

[Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled]

Onboard Audio Controller

[AC97]

Onboard Ethernet Controller Onboard Floppy Controller Floppy A Serial Port 1 Configuration Serial Port 2 Configuration Parallel Port Address

[Enabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled]

Figur e 5-20 Advanced Adv anced menu in BIOS

5 - 22

[No] [64] [Yes] [Yes]

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-4-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

BIOS Cont ent (cont’d) BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

IDE Configuration   ATA/IDE Configuration Legacy IDE Channels Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Slave Secondary IDE Master Secondary IDE Slave Third IDE Master Third IDE Slave Fourth IDE Master Fourth IDE Slave Hard Disk W rite Protect IDE Defect Time Out (Sec) ATA(PI) 80Pin Cable Detection

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

[Compatible] [SATA Pri, PATA Sec] [Hard Disk] [Not Detected] [ATAPI CDROM] [Not Detected] [Not Detected] [Not Detected] [Not Detected] [Not Detected] [Disabled] [35] [Host & Device]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Keyboard/Mouse Configuration   Boot up Num-Lock   Typematic Rate   PS/2 Mouse Support

Configure Remote Access type and parameters Remote Access [Disabled] Serial Port BIOS Update [Disabled]

[On] [Fast] [Auto]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

Hardware Health Configuration   H/W Health Function [Enabled]   Hardware Health Event Monitoring   Board Temperature : xx/xxx   CPU Temperature : xx/xxx VcoreA VcoreB +3.3 In +5 VIn Vbat

[6 USB ports] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Disabled] [FullSpeed] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Hard Disk] [200 sec] [2 sec]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced

         

USB Configuration USB Devices Enabled : 1 Keyboard USB Functions USB 2.0 Controller Legacy USB Support USB Keyboard Legacy Support USB Mouse Legacy Support USB Storage Device Support Port 64/60 Emulation USB 2.0 Controller Mode BIOS EHCI Hand-off USB Beep Message USB Stick Default Emulation   US USB B Ma Mass ss St Stor orag agee Re Rese sett De Dela layy

Configure W atchdog Parameters POST W atchdog Runtime W atchdog

[Disabled] [Disabled]

: 1.3xxV : 1.0xxV : 3.3xxV : 4.8 ~ 5V : 3.3xxV

Figure 5-21 5-21 Advanced Menu Menu in BIOS(cont’d) BIOS(cont’d)

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 23

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-4-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

BIOS Cont ent (cont’d)

Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Security Advanced Boot

Power Exit

Boot Device Priority Boot Priority Selection

[Type Based]

1ST Boot Device

[USB CDROM]

nd

23rd BBoooott D Deevviiccee 4th Boot Device 5th Boot Device 6th Boot Device 7th Boot Device 8th Boot Device

Prisim [[D abalreydM ] aster] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled]

Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot Quiet Boot Boot Display Auto Automa mati ticc Boot Boot List List Retr Retryy Ad AddO dOnn R ROM OM Di Disp spla layy M Mod odee Halt On Error Ht "Del "Del"" Messag ssage e Di Disp spla layy Interrupt 19 Capture

[Enabled] [Enabled] [Clear] [D [Dis isab able led] d] [K [Kee eepp C Cur urre rent nt]] [Disabled] [D [Dis isab able led] d] [Disabled]

P EeBr oLootstsoCLoAnNtrol PX ow

Deism abaliendo] ff] [[R

Figure 5-22 5-22 Boot menu in BIOS BIOS

Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Boot Security

Security Seetings Supervisor Password User Password Change Supervisor Password User Access Level Change P assworUser d ChePassword ck Boot Sector Virus Protection Hard Disk Security Hard Disk Security User Passwords Hard Disk Security Master Passwords BIOS Update & W rite Protection END-KEY Loads CMOS Default

Power Exit : Installed : not Installed [No Access] [Setup] [Disabled]

[Disabled] [Yes]

Figur e 5-23 5-23 Security Securit y Menu in BIOS BIOS

5 - 24

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-4-4-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

BIOS Cont ent (cont’d)

Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Boot Security

Power  Exit

Configure power management and control Power management/APM [Enabled] Suspend Time Out [Disabled] V n oMwondeMode HiadredoDpisokweProD woew rD Keyboard & PS/2 Mouse FDC/LPT/COM Ports Primary Master IDE Primary Slave IDE Secondary Master IDE Secondary Slave IDE Resume On Ring Resume On PME# Resume On RTC Alarm Power Button Mode

[[D Diissaabblleedd]] [Monitor] [Monitor] [Monitor] [Monitor] [Monitor] [Monitor] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [On/Off]

Figur e 5-24 Power Menu in BIOS BIOS

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 25

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-5 Top Console 5-5-1

K ey b o ar d M a in

(R3A2 MK )

e y b o a rd

 

E (E3P2RKO) M A /N K e y M a tr ix

 U    S    B  

T ra c k B a ll CPLD

USB M ic r o c o n tr o lle r

M o de K ey

 P    O   W 

E n c o d ers

 E    R  

T G C S lid e M IC O M L ig h tin g L E D

S u b k e y b o a rd

POWER B u tto n

E n c o d ers

4 A rr o w Keys

Figure 5-25 5-25 Keyboard Block Diagram Diagram LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Keyboard assy consist of 2 assy, one is main keyboard assy and the other is sub keyboard assy. •

Main Main keyboar keyboard d : Has alpha alpha numeri numericc key, Track Trackbal ball,l, Encode Encoders, rs, Mode Mode key, key, TGC contro controlle llerr and lighting components.

•

Sub keyboard keyboard:: Have Have five five encoder encoder with with push push function function and 4 arrow keys. These keys are used used for for operation menu selection normally. Differe Difference nce betwe between en LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5 keybo keyboard ard and and LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pr A5/A5Pro o keyboar keyboard d is that the the LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro keyboard doesn’t have the CFM key, CWD key, PDI key since the LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro doesn’t support CFM,CWD,PDI mode. But if the LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro A5/A 5Pro has been upgrade with Color Upgrade kit, LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro should have same keyboard as LOGIQ™ P5.

•

5 - 26

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-5-1-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

K EYB OA RD Si Si gn gn al I/ I/O Main keyboard assy have two main external I/O connectors. One is for USB connection to scan system for main control signal interface, the other is for 5V power supply and momentary switch of scan system with hard drive operation indicator.

(a)Sub keyboard

CON1

USB

(b)Main Keyboard

Figure 5-2 5-26 6 Main Keyboard and Sub Keyboard Keyboard connection to syst em

Table 5-1 CON1 CON1 Connect or Signal I/O Pi n Nu m b er

Pi n Nam e

Si g n al Pat h

1

HDD-

L1SYSCON > Backplane > Main Keyboard> Sub Keyboard

2

HDD+

L1SYSCON > Backplane > Main Keyboard> Sub Keyboard

3

Momentary S/W

L1SYSCON > Backplane > Main Keyboard> Sub Keyboard

4

GND

10

GND

11

GND

12

GND

13

KBD PWR

APS/APS Pro > Backplane > Main Keyboard > Sub Keyboard

14

KBD PWR

APS/APS Pro > Backplane > Main Keyboard> Sub Keyboard

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 27

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-5-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

LO LOG GIQ™ P5 Monit onitor or IIII and LOG LOGIQ™ A5/ A5/A5 A5P Pro M Mon onito itorr IIII LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro system has 15 inch LCD monitor with DVI-I interface. Monitor have also task lamp to light up the A/N key on keyboard assy. Both monitor of LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro have completely same function and same hardware assembly. Difference is front bezel color. LOGIQ™ P5 bezel color is dar steel blue, and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro bezel color is white gray color.

Figur e 5-27 5-27 LOGIQ™ P5 Monit or and LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Moni Moni tor  5-5-2-1

MONITOR Si Si g n al al I/I/O Monitor assy has two main I/O connectors, One is for DVI-I connection to scan system to display the scan image, the other is for 110V/220V power supply.

PWR

DVI

Figure 5-2 5-28 8 LCDMON LCDMON connecti on in system 5 - 28

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-5-2-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

L CD CDMON co co nt nt ro ro l bu bu tt tt on on f un un ct ct io io n LCDMON assy has four control buttons; Lamp Power button, Left button, Menu button, Right button.

1

2

3

4

Figure 5-29 5-29 LCDMON LCDMON contr ol buttons Table able 5-2 5-2

main main function functionss of control key buttons

No

Nam e

Mai n Fu n c t i o n s

1

LAMP POWER

2

LEFT

- Moves the highlight icon UP to the function that wants - Increases the adjustment of the selected function

3

MENU

- When the OSD menu is off, press once : Performs “Contrast-adjustme “ Contrast-adjustment” nt” function - When the OSD menu is off, press twice : Performs “Brightness-adjustment” “Brightness-adjustment” function - When the OSD menu is off, press thee times : Performs “Dim-Brightness-adjustment” “Dim-Brightness-adjustment” function - When the OSD menu is off, press more than 5 seconds : Performs “OSD-adjustment” “OSD-adjustment” function - When the OSD menu is on : Selects the function that user wants

4

RIGHT

- Moves the highlight icon Down to the function that wants - Decreases the adjustment of the selected function

Turns ON/OFF the Task Lamp in located bottom of LCDMON

Push “Menu” button to select the mode between Contrast, Brightness, and Dim Brightness mode. Then hold down “Left” and “Right” button until the value you want is set. The default values are 80% for the contrast, 80% for the Brightness, and 50% for the Dim-Brightness.

Figure 5-30 5-30 Contrast, Brigh tness and and Dim-Brigh Dim-Brigh tness adjust adjust ment Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 29

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-6  ARP  A RP (Rear Panel Pan el)) The LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro system has the I/O interfaces for peripherals in rear panel. ARP (Arirang Rear Panel) assy has connectors for peripheral. Composite in/out and S-VHS in/out is for the analog video interface for recording and playback of the VCR or DVD recorder. Audio in/out is for audio interface for audio recording and audio playback of the VCR or DVD recorder. The ARP assy also has a USB hub device for expending the USB ports which provide additional USB ports. The analog VGA signal also provide display interface for external VGA monitor.

Figure Figu re 5-31 AEXP Block Blo ck Diagram

5 - 30

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-6-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

In p u t /Ou t pu pu t Si Si g n al s ffo o r pe per i ph ph er al al Table able 5-3 5-3

Input Input and Output Output signals signals for periphe periphera rals ls

Signal Name

Description

Connection from/via/to

Ethernet

Standard TCP/IP Ethernet

Syscon -> ARP -> 7P LAN Connector 

VGA signal output for external VGA monitor  Syscon -> ARP -> LG Connector -> 15P DSUB Connector 

External VGA

Foot Switch is mechanical switch that connect a signal to ground

Foot Switch

Composite out for DVD Recorder  Compositor video signal output for DVDR

Foot Switch connector -> ARP(USB HUB) Syscon -> ARP -> BNC Connector 

Composite in for DVD Recorder 

Compositor input from DVDR

BNC Connector -> ARP -> Syscon

S-VHS out for DVD Recorder 

S-VHS output signal for DVDR Recording

Syscon -> ARP -> S-VHS Connector 

S-VHS in for DVD Recorder 

S-VHS input signal for DVDR playback

S-VHS Connector -> ARP -> Syscon

Audio out L/R for DVD Recorder 

Stereo audio output for DVDR Recording

Syscon -> ARP -> RCA Jack

Audio In L/R for DVD Recorder 

Stereo audio input from DVDR for DVDR playback

RCA Jack -> ARP -> Syscon

USB Port for BW Printer

USB Port for BW Printer 

Syscon -> Backplane -> USB Connector(dual R_A type) -> Front/BW Printer 

USB Port for ECG

USB Port for ECG

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(R_A type) -> ECG

USB Port for 4D

USB Port for 4D

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(R_B type) -> 4D

USB Port for Digital Color Printer 

USB Port for Color Printer 

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(S_A type) > Color Printer 

USB Port for DMC

USB Port for DMC

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(S_A type) > DMC

USB Port for USB Device

USB Port for USB Device

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(S_A type) > USB Device

USB Port for Remote

USB Port for remote control of VCR/DVD ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(S_A type) Recorder  > VCR

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 31

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-7 Power Diagrams 5-7-1

Ov e r v i e w The AC Power assy's main tasks are to supply powers the various internal subsystems and to isolate electrically the scanner from the on site Mains Power System. The voltage to peripherals can be confederated to either 110 VAC or 220 VAC. Internal circuit for AC power have the free voltage capability basically but, we should separate the group using of low voltage (100V~127V), high voltage (200V~240V), and mixed voltage (100V~120V for peripheral and 200V ~ 240V for system).

5-7-2

TRA NSB OX(A C Po w er )

Figure 5-3 5-32 2 AC Power Assy Block Diagram The mains cord has plugs in one side end. A male plug connects to the th e mains outlet on site. The mains voltage is routed to the Main Circuit Breaker, located on the rear side of the system. The Main Circuit Breaker is of the auto fuse type, if for some reason the current grows to high, the switch will automatically break the power. From the Main Circuit Breaker, the AC power is routed via the Mains Transformer and the Inrush Current Limiter to internal outlet connector for AC distribution. The Transformer is the galvanic barrier between bet ween the rest of the scanner and the on site AC Mains. Input voltage to the transformer can be either 220 VAC or 110 VAC. AC output of transformer is supplied to the APS/APS Pro through Inrush Inr ush Current Limiter without additional control. AC output of transformer for LCDMON, 4D BOX(option), and peripheral controlled by the th e L1SYSCON according to the On/Off status of the system.

5 - 32

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-7-3 NOTE NO TE::

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

A PS/A PS Pr o (L V Po w er & HV Po w er ) HVL+ HVL+ and and HVL HVL-- are are not not ava avail ilab able le fo forr APS APS PRO. PRO.

DC Powers are supplied by APS and source of all assys in nest and nest fan, etc. To turn on the APS, the live power is needed as a standby power. This live power is generated from APS when the APS receive the AC input from the TRANSBOX. When the LP(live power) is supplied to the L1SYSCON and system momentary switch is pushed on, L1SYSCON make the LV_ON signal level into low to turn on the APS. After turning on the APS, the ACPC in TRANSBOX assy change the relay path on itself to supply stable AC power by using of D12V from APS. DC Output Capacity: • • • • • • • • •

+D5VLP, 0.42A rms +D5V, 6.5A rms +D3.3V, 6.48A rms +D12V, 3.36A rms +D12VFAN, 00..94A rm rms +A6V, 7.92A rms -A6V, 1.52A rms +A12V, 1.26A rms -A12V, 0.6A rms

APS supplies High Voltage power to activate high voltage transmit pulse and static supply bias voltage on high voltage mux and probe. When L1SYSCON makes the HV_STOP signal to low, the APS generates the HV module in APS. The SHV supplies +/-80V to the system constantly and the THVH and THVL supplies 0~+/- 60V individually. SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) control the level of THVH and THVL through the IIC interface.

HV Output Capacity: •

+SHV, SHV, +80V, 0.05A rms

• • • • •

- SHV SHV, -80 80V V, 0.05A rms +T +TH HVH, VH, 0V~+ 0V~+60 60V, V, 0. 0.5A 5A rms rms - THVH THVH,, -6 -60V 0V~0 ~0V, V, 0. 0.5A 5A rm rmss +THVL, 0V~+6 ~+60V, 00..5A rm rms - THVL THVL,, -6 -60V 0V~0 ~0V, V, 0. 0.5A 5A rms rms

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 33

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-7-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

A C Po w er O Ou u t l et f o r P Pe er i p h er al The ARP CONN ASSY and ARP CONN 220V ASSY are the ARP assemblies which interconnect external signal and power with the LOGIQ™ P5 system. Both of the assemblies are the same except the circuit breaker's current ratings depending on voltage of the system power source (See 'Safety' described below).

5-7-4-1

Saf et y • Circuit Breaker  Table able 5-4 5-4 Assembly

Circuit Circuit Break Breaker er Specifica pecification tion

Power Voltage Peripheral Current Rating (V) Rating (A)

Trip Time

Reset Time

ARP CONN

110

4.0

1 hour max. @ 5.4A, 25 degreeC

110 second

ARP CONN 220V

220

2.0

1hour max. @ 3.5A, 25 degreeC

180 second

• Electrical IIssolation The ARP's Insite interface is electrically isolated from the system's internal circuit. The isolator's dielectric strength should be 500VAC RMS or higher within 1 minute (in compliance with IEC60601-1-1). IEC60601- 1-1).

5 - 34

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-8 Cable Ca ble Connection Conn ection 5-8-1

Ov e r v i e w The cable connection can be separated to two group, internal harness and external cable connection for peripheral equipment.

5-8-2

In t er n al Cab l e

Figur e 5-33 5-33 Cable Connect ion - Internal Intern al The black box with white character is the label of the connector and the adjacent same label connector means that the two connectors should be connected each other. The dotted line means optional connection when the customer uses that option. Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 35

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-8-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Per ip ip h er al s an d Cab l e c o n n ec t i on on A DVD recorder, a Black & White Video Printer and a Color Printer may be installed onboard the scanner. These devices are connected to the External Exte rnal I/O (Rear Panel) or Front Panel in the case of B/ W Printer. LOGIQ™ P5 do not support analog printer but digital printer.

5-8-3-1

Cabl ble e Conne onnect ctio ion n - BW prin printe terr Connect the Power cable and USB cable as shown in Figure 5-34.

Figur e 5-34 5-34 Cable Connect ion - Digital BW Print er 

5 - 36

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-8-3-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Cabl ble e Conne onnect ctio ion n - Color olor Print rinte er Connect USB cable listed below between the compatible Color Printer like SONY UP-D21MD and the console.

Figure 5-3 5-35 5 Cable Cable C Connection onnection - Digital Digital Color Printer  Printer 

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 37

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-8-3-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Cabl ble e Con Conne nect ctio ion n - DV DVD Re Record corde er Connect the cable listed below between the SONY DVDR and the console.

Audio cable with RCA Jack

S-Video Cable S-Video Cable

Audio cable with RCA Jack

Figur e 5-36 5-36 Cable Connection Connect ion - DVD Recorder 

5 - 38

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Secti Se ction on 5-9Filt 5-9Filters ers 5-9-1

Fi l t er s The scanner contains the two filters located at a.) Right side side of TRANSBOX TRANSBOX to protect TRANSBOX TRANSBOX and NEST NEST from dust. dust. b.) Left side side of TRANSBOX TRANSBOX to protect protect TRANSBOX TRANSBOX and and NEST from from dust. dust.

(a)

(b)

Figure 5-37 5-37 Location of Air Filter  Filter 

5-9-2

Fan s The scanner contains the 5 fans at the following positions for producing an air flow. a.) One fan fan : On the surface surface of heat sink sink for SOM heat. heat. b.) Two fans fans : At the top top of the the APS/APS Pro for APS/APS APS/APS Pro heat. heat. c.) Two fans : At the top top of the NEST for NEST NEST Assy and AC Power Power assy. assy.

(a) Cooling Fan on SYSCOMPM(SYSCONCM)

(b) Cooling Fans on APS

(c) Cooling FAN Assy for NEST Cooling

Figure 5-38 5-38 Location of Fans Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 39

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 5-10 5-10 Servi Se rvice ce Platform 5-10-1

In t r o d u c t i o n The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all ultrasound and cardiology systems containing a PC backend. This web-enabled technology provides linkage to eServices, e-Commerce, and the iCenter, making GE’s scanners more e-enabled than ever. The Service Platform will increase service productivity and reduce training and service costs.

5 - 40

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Glo loba ball Se Serv rvic ice e Use serr IInt nte erfa rface ce (GSUI)

5-10-2-1

Inte ntern rna ation tiona aliz lization tion The user interface provided by the service platform is designed for GE personnel and as such is in English only. There is no multi-lingual capability built into the Service Interface.

5-10-2-2

Ser vi vi c e L og og i n 1.) Tou oucch Utility > Service. Service. It will take about 1p seconds for activations. 2. 2.)) Make Make sure sure th that at CAPS CAPS is  is OFF for password entry performed later. 3.) The Service Service Login window window for Service Service Platform will will be shown on the monitor monitor display. display.

Figure 5-3 5-39 9 Login Screen for Global Global Service Service User User Interface 5-10-2-3

NOTE: NOT E:

A c ce ces s / Sec ur ur itit y The service interface has different access and security user levels. Each user is only granted access to the tools that are authorized for their use. A Servic Service e Dongl Dongle e is necess necessary ary for use b by y GE Servi Service ce when when perform performing ing pro propri prietar etary y le level vel diagno diagnosti stics. cs. OnLine Center access to the scanner requires the password and they must have ‘Disruptive ‘ Disruptive’’ permission and customer input to run diagnostics.

Table able 5-5 Us er L ev el

Service Service Login User User Leve Levels ls A c c es s A u t h o r i zat i o n

Operator  Administrator 

uls Authorized access to specified diagnostics, error logs and utilities. Same acquisition diagnostic tests as GE Service.

External Service GE Service

NOTE: NOT E:

Pas s w o r d

uls gogems

Knowledge of a service level password. A physical Service Key (Dongle) required

rotating security password

For a GE F Fiel ield d Engine Engineer, er, the p pass asswor word d cha change nges s at specif specific ic inte interval rvals. s. Ac Acces cess s with with the the p pass assword word is tied tied to the service key.

Every access request, whether successful or not, will be logged into a service access log that is viewable to authorized users.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 41

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ser v i c e Ho m e Pag e When the Service Interface is started, the Service Home Page appears. The Home Page contains the software revision along with the hardware inventory and the results of the latest System Health Information. The navigation bar at the top of the screen allows the user to select from several tools and utilities.

Figur e 5-40 GE Service Home Home Page Page

5 - 42

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-4

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Er r o r L o g s Tab From the Error Logs Tab the Log Viewer displays four categories with pull-down sub-menus and an Exit selection. The Service Interface allows scanner logs to be viewed by all service users. The Filter  Error  Error log is keyed to GE Service login access permissions and is not available to customer level analysis. The log entries are color-coded to identify the error level severity at a glance. Table 5-6

Log Entry ntry Key Key

Sev er i t y

Er r o r L ev el

Co l o r Co d e

1

Information

Green

2

Warning

Blue

3

Error 

Red

The Service Interface supports the transfer of these logs to local destinations such as the MOD, and CD-ROM drive.

Figure 5-4 5-41 1 Log Viewer Viewer / Logs / Log Entries Entries

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 43

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-10-4-1

NOTE: NO TE:

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Logs The seven sub-menus of the Logs category are System, Infomatics, Temperature, Probe, Board, and DICOM. Figure Figure 55-41 41 pr provi ovide des s a gr grap aphi hica call e exa xampl mple e of of tthe he lo log g entr entrie ies s for for tthe he System Logs. Logs .

Log table headings for the different logs are as follows:

5-10-4-2

•

Sy s t em

•

Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message. In f o m at i c s Log entry headings include TimeStamp, Revision, PtID, PtDOB, PtSex, PtWeight, PtHeight, ExamID, Exam Category, ExamCurDate, and ExamStartTime.

•

Tem p er at u r e Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; L1SYSCON temperature sensor.

•

Pr o b e Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; Error E rror Message; Severity; Revision; and three (3) new labels that have not yet been named.

•

DICOM Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message.

Ex i t The sub-menu, Exit Log Viewer  Viewer , returns the user to the Service Desktop home page.

Figur e 5-42 5-42 Exit Log Sub-Menu Sub-Menu

5 - 44

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-5 NOTE: NO TE:

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Di ag n o s t i c s When When Servi Service ce Lo Login gin fo forr F FRU RU Diag Diagno nost stic ic,, s sca can nm mod ode em mus ustt be B-m B-mod ode. e.

WARNING Diagnostics should be performed with probes which have 128 or more elements.

Detailed Diagnostic Diagnostic information  information is found in Diagnostics/Troubleshooting.

Figur e 5-43 5-43 GE Service Diagnostic Diagnos tic Page Page NOTE: NO TE:

Aft After er fi fini nish shin ing g Dia Diagn gnos osti tic c tes test, t, tthe he sy syst stem em sh shou ould ld be reboo reboote ted. d.

5-10-5-1

Dia iagn gnos osti tics cs Execu xecuti tion on Diagnostic tests are executable by both local and remote users. The Service Platform provides top-level diagnostic selection based on the user’s level and login access permissions. Remote access will require disruptive diagnostic permissions to run Acquisition diagnostics.

5-10-5-2

Dia iagn gnos osti ticc Report portss Diagnostic tests return a report to the Service Platform. The platform retains the report and allows for future viewing of the diagnostic logs.

5-10-5-3

Pro roa activ ctive eD Dia iagn gnos osti tics cs A system of self-monitoring is largely supported with the t he integration of iLinq. The scheduler, executive, user interfaces, and some of the proactive diagnostic functions are provided by iLinq. Other tasks should be provided by the product team.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 45

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-6

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Im ag e Qu al i t y The Image Quality page Quality  page is intended to contain tools for troubleshooting image quality issues.

Figur e 5-44 5-44 Image Quality Page Page

5-10-7

Cal i b r at i o n The Calibration Calibration page  page is intended to contain the tools used to calibrate the system.

Figure Figu re 5-45 5-45 Calibrati on Page

5 - 46

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-8

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Co n f i g u r at i o n The Configuration Configuration page  page is intended to be used to setup various configuration files on the system. The Service Platform is the access and authorization control for remote access to the configuration subsystem. The enable/disable of software options can be done from this Configuration page.

Figure 5-46 5-46 Configuratio n Page Page

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 47

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 5-10-8-1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Que uestr stra a Agent Agent Config onfigura uratio tion n These feature that allow the customer to register the system to the GE OnLine Center are available for Warranty and Contract customers only.

55-10 10-8 -8-1 -1-1 -1

Devi Device ce In Info form rmat atio ionn Device name and CRM No. are displayed by default.

55-10 10-8 -8-1 -1-2 -2

Ad Adva vanc nced ed Conf Config igur urat atio ion n Select Enterprise Server to check out to

55-10 10-8 -8-1 -1-3 -3

Pr Prox oxyy Conf Config igur uraation tion.. If Proxy is used in the site, it should be filled proper Proxy Server Address and Proxy Server Port. And Press “Submit Changes” button to finish check out process

Figure 5-47 5-47 Proxy Configur ation NOTE NO TE::

5 - 48

Th The e sys syste tem m is is nee neede ded d tto o rreb eboo oott tto o app apply ly se sett ttin ings gs..

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-9

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ut i l i t i es The Utilities Utilities page  page contains several miscellaneous tools.

Figur e 5-48 5-48 GE Service Utili ties Page Page

Figur e 5-49 5-49 Customer Custo mer Utilities Utili ties Page

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 49

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-10

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Rep l ac em en t The Replacement Replacement page  page is intended to contain the tools used to track replacement parts used in the system.

Figur e 5-50 5-50 Part Replacement Page

5-10-11

PM The PM PM page  page is intended to contain the tools used in periodic maintenance of the system.

Figur e 5-51 5-51 Planned Maintenance Maintenanc e Page

5 - 50

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-10-12

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Remote Softwa oftware re//Option Installa nstallation tion and Upda Update tess The Service Platform provides for remote software downloads. Any file transferred to the scanner will be in the form of an installation package. The Th e actual content of the installation package is dependent on each product. Software installation is simple and automated with a Graphic User Interface (GUI), where applicable. Supports software upload via remote transmission Supports software upload via Service Platform Options can be activated permanently Options can be activated for a timed period Options can be limited to a number of uses Options that expire must give notice to the user that the option has expired

5-10 5-10-1 -122-1 1

Remote Remote Syste System m Shutdown Shutdown and and Res Resta tart rt The Service Platform provides the ability to restart the system as per standard shutdown/startup procedures. Remote shutdown will only be provided if a software-controlled shutdown exists on the scanner. Scanner system restart is always accessible from the OLC.

5-10 5-10-1 -122-2 2

File File and/o and/orr Ima Image ge Transfe Transfer  r  The Service Platform supports file transfers and archived image transfers to the OnLine Center. The Service Platform provides interfaces of the displayed images for transfer to the OLC.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 51

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Secti Se ction on 5-11 5-11RF RFS S (S (Servic ervice e For Request) Request ) 5-11-1

Gen er al This describes general RFS functionality. 1.) RFS function function is a call for for service to be used used by customer customer or FE directly directly from the system system instead instead of calling GE Cares.

5-11-2

Sy s t em Ch Ch ec k o u t P Prr o c ed u r e If the system is checked out already, skip 5-8 5-8-2 -2)) System Checkout Pro cedure cedure and  and proceed from 5-83) Sending Sending RFS RFS Procedure. Procedure .

1.) 2. 2.)) 3. 3.)) 4.) 5.) 6.)

Check if the system is connected connected to the network. network. Go to “Uti “Utilility ty”” Pr Pres esss ““Se Serv rvic ice” e” Log on to the Service Platform Platform with a password. password. Press Press “Confi “Configura guratio tion” n” Press “InSite ExC Agent Configuratio Configuration” n”

Figure 5-52 5-52 Agent Configur ation

5 - 52

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-11-2 5-1 1-2

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Syst System em Checko Checkout ut Proc Procedur edure e (cont’d)  All  Al l b bol ol d fiel f iel ds sh ould ou ld be fil f illed led 7.) Device Name Name and CRM CRM No are pre-populat pre-populated ed and can not not be changed. changed. 8.) Verify Verify that “Send “Send”” button button is enabled enabled.. 9.) Select Select Conti Continent nent and and Count Country ry 10.)Put City, State, and Institution 11.)Select Enterprise. 12.)If Proxy“Product” needs tofor be the configured, select “Enable” for the Proxy filed and input IP address and Port number. 13.)Press “Submit Changes”. “Please Wait” message is displayed while the system is checking out. Figure 5-53

Figur e 5-53 5-53 Please Wait 14.)Wait until following screen displays. (Figure 5-54)

Figure 5-54 5-54 Configur ation done 15.)Configuration is complete. 16.)Close the Service Platform. Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 53

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-11-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sen d i n g RF RFS Pr o c ed u r e Service Platform should be turned off in order to open RFS window. System must be connected to network, configured and checked out to be able to send the RFS 1.) Right Right Click Click on “Conn “Connect ect to GE” GE” icon. icon.

Figur e 5-55 Contact GE Icon  All  Al l the t he fiel f iel ds that th at are ar e marked mar ked with wi th asteri ast eri sk * are man dator dat or y and an d sho s ho ul uld d be b e fill fi lled ed in i n ord o rd er to t o send s end the RFS request to On Line Center . 2.) Fill out the the Last name, name, First name, name, and Phone Phone number. (Figure (Figure 5-56) 5-56) 3.) Extension, Extension, E-mail, E-mail, and Other Other system system ID fields fields are optional. optional. 4. 4.)) Sele Select ct Prob Proble lem m Type. Type. If Problem is about “No Boot”, “No Image”, “Error message”, “Lock up”, “Probe”, “Peripherals”, select “Service Service”” for the Problem Type. If Problem is about “Presets”, “Reports”, “Measurements”, or “Probe not recognized”, select “ Ap  Ap pl ic ati on s ” for the Problem Type.

5.) Select Select the Problem Problem Area. Area. 6.) Write the detailed detailed problem problem description description in the Problem Problem Descriptio Description n field.

Figur e 5-56 5-56 RFS win dow

5 - 54

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-11-3 5-1 1-3

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sendin Sending g RFS Procedur Proc edure e (cont’d) 7.) Then the the “Send” “Send” butto button n is enable enabled. d.

Figur e 5-57 RFS send enabled 8.) Click “Send” “Send” button and and wait for confirmatio confirmation n window with with reference reference number on the screen. screen. 9.) Verify that that “confirmat “confirmation ion message” message” pops pops up in the screen. screen. 10.)RFS request is completed. 11.)On Line Center will contact the customer shortly by phone.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 55

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section 5-12Machine RFS 5-12-1

Gen er al This describes general MRFS (Machine RFS) functionality. 1.) MRFS function function is an automatic automatic call call for service from from the system to the OLC OLC when syste system m detects high temperature or high or low voltage.

5-12-2 NOTE: NOT E:

En ab l i n g MRFS In orde orderr to enable enable MRF MRFS, S, S Syst ystem em m must ust be conn connecte ected d to to ne netwo twork rk and and should should b be e ch check ecked ed out out to to a product server. Default MRFS user should also be set.

1.) If a system is not already already checked checked out, the system system should should be checked out out to a product server. server. Refer to 5-11-2 - System Checkout Procedure. 2.) MRFS function function is an automatic automatic call call for service from from the system to the the OLC when system system detects high temperature or high or low voltage. 3.) Right Right Click Click on “Conn “Connect ect to GE” GE” icon. icon.

Figur e 5-58 Contact GE Icon 4.) When RFS RFS window window pops pops up, click click on “Users” “Users” tab.

Figur e 5-59 5-59 User tab

5 - 56

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-12-2 5-122

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Enablin Enabl ing g MRFS (cont’d) 5. 5.)) Press Press “Ad “Add d User” User”..

Figure Figu re 5-60 5-60 Add User   All  Al l the t he ffiel iel ds that th at ar e mar ked wi th asteri ast eri sk * are m andato and ato ry and sh shou ou ld be f illed il led 6.) When fields fields with asterisk asterisk are are filled, filled, “Add User” User” button button is enabled. enabled.

Figure Figu re 5-61 5-61 Add User  7.) Press Press “Add “Add User” User” button. button.

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 57

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

5-12-2 5-122

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Enabl Enablin ing g MRFS (cont’d) 8.) check the checkbox checkbox next to the name name to set to the default contact. contact. Then Press “Set Default Default Machine Machine Contact” button,

Figur e 5-62 5-62 Set Default Machine Contact Contact 9.) Now the MRFS is enabled enabled.. 10.)When system detects high temperature or abnormal voltage, the system will send the RFS to the OLC automatically.

5 - 58

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Secti Se ction on 5-13Fa 5-13Fast st Pollin Pol ling g 5-13-1

Gen er al This describes Fast Polling feature that will change the polling rate to 15 seconds for 10 minutes.

5-13-2

En ab l i n g Fas t Po l l i n g 1.) Right Right Click Click on “Conne “Connect ct to GE” GE” icon. icon.

Figur e 5-63 2.) Pressing Pressing “OK” will will change the the polling polling rate to 15 seconds seconds for for 10 minutes. minutes.

Figure 5-64 5-64 Agent Configur ation

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

5 - 59

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

This page was intentionally left blank.

5 - 60

Sec t i o n 5-4 - Mai n B o ar d Det ai l

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 6 Servi rvice ce Adj Adjust ustme ments nts Secti Se ction on 6-1 Overview 6-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f t h i s c h ap t er 6 This section describes how to test and adjust the scanner. These tests are optional. You may use them to check the system for errors. Table 6-1

Content ontentss in chapte chapterr

Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er  

6-1

Overview

6-1

6-2

Regulatory

6-1

6-3

Monitor Adjustments

6-2

Section Secti on 6-2 Regulatory Verify, where applicable, that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present and accounted for, and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented.

Sec t i o n 6-1 - Ov er v i ew

6-1

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 6-3 6-3 Monitor Adjustments 6-3-1

Ro t at e an d t i l t t h e m o n i t o r   The monitor position can be adjusted for easy viewing. NOTE:

Th The e moni monito torr can can be be rota rotate ted d aroun around d its its cent central ral pivo pivott poin point. t. Th The e mon monititor or can can be tilt tilted ed for for th the e opt optim imum um view viewing ing an angl gle. e. th thee moni monito torr ca cann be flip flippe pedd up an andd do down wn.. When moving the system, flip down the monitor to its lowest possible position to improve stability.

Figure 6-1 LCD monitor Flip u p and down

6-2

Sec t i o n 6-3 - Mo n i t o r A d j u s t m en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

6-3-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

B r i g h t n es s an d Co n t r as t Adjusting the monitor's contrast and brightness is one of the most important factors for proper image quality. If these controls are set incorrectly, the Gain, TGC, Dynamic Range and even Power Output may have to be changed more often than necessary to compensate. The proper setup displays a complete gray scale. The lowest level of black should just disappear into the background and the highest white should be bright, but not saturated. To adjust the contrast: 1.) Press the the Toggle button on on the display display monitor monitor once. once. 2.) Press the Adjustment Adjustment (+) button to increase increase contrast. contrast. Press the Adjustment Adjustment (-) button to decrease decrease contrast. 3.) The amount amount of contrast contrast is shown on a slide slide bar on on the screen. screen. To adjust the brightness: 4.) Press the the Toggle button on on the display display monitor monitor twice. twice. 5.) Press the Adjustment Adjustment (+) button to increase increase brightness. brightness. Press Press the Adjustment Adjustment (-) button to decrease decrease brightness. 6.) The amount amount of brightness brightness is shown shown on a slide slide bar on the screen. screen.

Figure 6-2 Brigh tness and Contrast 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Contrast Indicator  Brightness Indicator  Dim Brightness Indicator  Light Button Adjustment (-) Button Toggle Button Adjustment (+) Button

Record any changes to the final brightness and contrast settings and leave this information with the system. Generally speaking, do not change the controls once they have been set. Once set, set , the display then becomes the reference for the hard copy device(s). NOTE:

After readjusting the monitor's Contrast and Brightness, readjust all preset and peripheral settings.

Sec t i o n 6-3 - Mo n i t o r A d j u s t m en t s

6-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

6-3-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

L C D Pl a s t i c f i l t e r  

6-3-3-1

To o l s • Comm Common on Ph Philillilips ps scre screwd wdri rive vers rs • Allen en/U /Unnbr braaco wr wren encch • St Stubb ubbyy scre screwd wdriv river er (Fl (Flat at tip tip and and Cr Cros osss ttip) ip)

6-3-3-2

Rem o v al p r o c ed u r e 1.) Remove the Monitor Monitor cover cover set. set. Refer Refer to the 8-2-2 "Monitor cover set" on page 8-5 and 8-5 and the figure below. 2.) Remove Remove the the LCD LCD Plastic Plastic filt filter. er.

Figure 6-3 6-3 Removin Removin g the LCD plastic filter  3.) Put the LCD plastic plastic filter on the LCD LCD monitor after after detaching detaching the tape of the LCD plastic plastic filter. filter.

Figure 6-4 6-4 Putting the LCD LCD plastic filter on the LCD monit or  6-4

Sec t i o n 6-3 - Mo n i t o r A d j u s t m en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 6-3-3-2 6-33-2

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 4.) Perform the following following functional functional tests. If all are successful, successful, include the debrief debrief script provided provided below. Table 6-2

6-3-3-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Funct Functiona ionall Test stss

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

4-8-2

LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure

10-5-5

Physical Inspection

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 2+, 6-3-3. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

Mo u n t i n g Pr Pr o c ed u r e 1.) Install Install the LCD monitor monitor cover parts parts in the reverse order order of removal pr procedur ocedure. e. Refer to the 8-2-2 "Monitor cover set" on page 8-5. 8-5. 2.) Put the label on the rear of the LCD LCD monitor. monitor.

Figure 6-5 6-5 Putting the label label on the rear rear of the LCD monit or 

Sec t i o n 6-3 - Mo n i t o r A d j u s t m en t s

6-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

6-3-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Fl ex i b l e L CD ar m - l o c k i n g m me ec h an i s m Flexible LCD arm’s rotation movement can be adjusted by using the LCD arm’s locking mechanism. To unlock the LCD arm: 1.) Pull the LCD LCD arm toggle toggle knob and and turn clockwise clockwise to unlock unlock the the LCD arm.

Figure 6-6 6-6 Unlocking the Flexible Flexible LCD arm To lock the LCD arm : 1.) Turn counter counter clockwise clockwise and push the LCD LCD arm toggle knob knob and to lock the LCD arm. arm.

Figure 6-7 6-7 Locki ng the Flexible LCD arm

6-6

Sec t i o n 6-3 - Mo n i t o r A d j u s t m en t s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 6-4 Trackb Tra ckball all Cleaning Cleaning The trackball on the keyboard need to be cleaning periodically. 1. 1.)) Open Open the the track trackba ballll

Figur e 6-8 Open Trackb all

Remove dust inside of bucket

Figur e 6-9 Trackb all Hole

Sec t i o n 6-4 - Tr ac k b al l Cl ean i n g

6-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

This page was intentionally left blank.

6-8

Sec t i o n 6-4 - Tr ac k b al l Cl ean i n g

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting Secti Se ction on 7-1 Overview 7-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f Ch ap t er 7 This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and system operation. Basic host, system, and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied. Some Service Tools may be run at the application level.

NOTE: NO TE:

Be sure sure to d dis isab able le E ECG CG ffun unct ctio ion n befo before re per perfo form rmin ing g Diag Diagno nost stic ic ffun unct ctio ion. n.

NOTE: NOT E:

Make Make su sure re th that at conv convex ex or or linea linearr probe probe is is conne connected cted bef before ore the s syst ystem em s star tarts. ts. (sec (sector tor pro probe be is not applicable for the service diagnostics)

Table 7-1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 7

Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er

7-1

O verview Ov

7-1

7-2

Gathering Trouble Data

7-2

7-3

Screen Captures

7-4

7-4

Diagnostics

7-8

7-5

Common Diagnostics

7-9

7-6

LED Descriptions

7-20

7-7

Trouble Shooting Tree

7-22

Sec t i o n 7-1 - Ov er v i ew

7-1

 

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 7-2 Gathering Ga thering Trouble Data Data 7-2-1

Ov e r v i e w There may be a time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble troub le images and system data (logs) for acquisition through remote diagnostics (InSite) or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis. There are different options to acquire this data that would give different results.

7-2-2

Co l le lec t Vi ta tal Sy s t em In f o orr m at i o n The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer: Prod Produc uctt Nam Name e = LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ P5 P5/A /A5/ 5/A5 A5Pr Pro o From the Utility>System>About screen:  Appl  Ap plic ic ation ati on s Soft So ftwar war e Software Version Software Part Number  System Image Software

7-2

-

Image Part Number  

-

Image Date

Sec t i o n 7-2 - Gat h er i n g Tr o u b l e Dat a

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-2-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Co l l ec t a Tr ou ou b l e Im ag e w i th th L o g s If the system should malfunction, press the Alt-D keys simultaneously. This will collect a screen capture of the image monitor, system presets and the following logs: -

NOTE: NOT E:

Keyboard Shadow Log Error Logs Crash Log Power Supply Temperature

Power Power Supply Supply and Tempera Temperature ture log logs s are are not not c curr urrent ently ly bein being g upda updated ted by the LOGIQ™ LOGIQ™ P5/A P5/A5/ 5/  A5Pro.

This Alt-D function is available at all times.

Figur e 7-1 ALT-D ALT-D Dialog Box When Alt-D is pressed, a menu box appears that allows for: A pla place ce to en ente terr a des descr crip iptition on of th the e pro probl blem em A choic choicee to store store to a pre-fo pre-forma rmatted tted CD-R/D CD-R/DVD, VD, USB or Networ Networkk stora storage. ge. The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped. The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates the possibility of artifacts from compression.

Sec t i o n 7-2 - Gat h er i n g Tr o u b l e Dat a

7-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 7-3 Screen Captu Captures res There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center through InSite. This is accomplished by first saving the image(s) to the clipboard using a Print Key. The P2 key is the factory default print key to accomplish a secondary screen capture. However, the default is for the video area only or the customer cust omer may have customized the P2 Key function. Therefore, Ther efore, screen capture should involve the following steps: 1.) 2.) 3.) 4.)

7-3-1

Check and and record record any custom custom settings settings for for the Print2 Print2 button. button. Set the Print2 Print2 button button to Whole Whole Screen, Screen, Secondary Secondary Capture. Capture. Capture Capture the required required screens screens to the Hard Hard Drive or or CD-R / DVD-R. DVD-R. Restore Restore the Print2 Print2 button button to it’s it’s original original settings. settings.

Ch ec k an an d Re Rec o r d tth h e P2 K e y F Fu unction Check the function of the Print2 Key in the event that the customer may have made some custom settings. 1. 1.)) Se Sele lect ct Utility from the FrontPanel. 2. 2.)) Se Sele lect ct Connectivity from the Menu. 3. 3.)) Sele Select ct th thee Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen. 4.) In the Button field, select Print2. The Connectivity/Buttons Screen will be displayed like the one shown in Figure 7-2.

Figur e 7-2 Button But ton s Set Up Screen P2 is the factory default Screen Capture Key. If it is not set to Whole Screen or Screen Capture, as shown in Figure 7-2, proceed to step 5 to record the customer’s customer’s custom settings. 7-4

Sec t i o n 7-3 - Sc r een Cap t u r es

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-3-1 7-3 -1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Check and Record the P2 Key Funct Functio ion n (cont’d) 5.) In the “Physical “Physical Print Print Buttons”box, Buttons”box, record record the follow followings. ings. * Format * Image Frames * Capture Area * Compression 6.) In the “Printflow “Printflow View”, View”, record the print print flow associated associated with with the Print2 Button. Button.

7-3-2

Set t i ng ng tth h e P2 K ey tto o Sc Sc r ee een C Ca ap t u urr e If the P2 Key is not set to screen capture: 1.) While on the Connectivi Connectivity ty screen, with with the Buttons tab displayed displayed,, go to the drop down selection selection menu in the Destinations section. 2.) Ensure that that Capture Area is set set to Whole Screen, Screen, secondar secondaryy Capture and None None Image Compression. 3.) The P2 Key should should now be set up for whole whole screen screen capture, capture, sending sending the screens screens to the image buffer (clipboard).

Sec t i o n 7-3 - Sc r een Cap t u r es

7-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-3-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Cap t u r i n g a Sc r een The following is a generic process to capture any screen from the scanner: 1.) Navigate Navigate to and and display display the image/sc image/screen reen to be be captured. captured. 2.) Pre Press P2. P2. This will place a snapshot of the screen on the “clipboard” displayed at the bottom of the scan image display.

Clipboard Thumbnails

Menu

Figur e 7-3 Select Image to Captur Captur e 3.) Highlight Highlight the snapshot snapshot to be be stored to the the system hard hard drive drive or CD-R / DVD-R. DVD-R. 4.) Select Menu Menu on the right side of the the image screen, screen, then highlight highlight and select select SAVE AS.

Save As

Figur e 7-4 Menu > Save As

7-6

Sec t i o n 7-3 - Sc r een Cap t u r es

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-3-3 7-3 -3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Captur Capturin ing g a Screen (cont’d)

Figur e 7-5 Save Dialog Box 5.) A Save dialog dialog box will be opened. opened. Choose Choose the destination destination as the archive archive location location to save the the image on the CD-R/DVD-R, USB or network storage.

7-3-4

Res et th t h e P2 Ke Keyy to to Cu Cu s tto o me mer’ r’ss Fu Fu n ncc tio tion na alility ty If the customer had programmed the P2 Key to a function other than screen capture, restore that functionality recorded in section 7-3-1 on page 4. refer to Figure 7-2. 1. 1.)) 2. 2.)) 3. 3.)) 4. 4.)) 5.)

Se Sele lect ct Utility from the Keyboard. Se Sele lect ct Connectivity from the Menu. Sele Select ct th thee Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen. In th thee Button field, select Print2. In the “Physical “Physical Print Print Buttons”box, Buttons”box, select select the options options recorded recorded in in step 5, 5, Section 7-3-1. 7-3-1. : * Format * Image Frames * *

Capture Area Compression

Sec t i o n 7-3 - Sc r een Cap t u r es

7-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 7-4 Diagnostics As described in - Components and Functions (Theory), (Theory), the service platform uses a web-based user interface (UI) to provide access to common service components. The Diagnostic home page displays a listing of test categories consisting of Common Diagnostics, and LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Diagnostics. Expand the desired main category to select groups or individual tests.

Figure Figu re 7-6 Global Servic Servic e User Interface Interfac e Diagnostic Diagnos tic Screen

7-8

Sec t i o n 7-4 - Di ag n o s t i c s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 7-5 Common Diagnostics Diagnostics Common Diagnostics is the first main heading under the GSUI heading of Diagnostics. Figure 7-7 shows the top level menu choices under Common Diagnostics. The subheadings and their respective diagnostic/troubleshooting menu choices are called out and described in the sections below.

Figure 7-7 7-7 Common Diagnostics

7-5-1

Ut i l i t i es Provides two selections:

7-5-1-1

Di s r u p t i v e Mo d e Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting. If you are accessing through InSite, this can only be enabled with the customer/operator confirmation.

7-5-1-2

Sy s t em Sh Sh u t d o w n Allows for system shutdown from the diagnostic menu. Select to retain Disruptive Mode or Not. After submitting to or shutdown a confirmation screen gives one last chance to confirm or cancel the request.

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

7-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-5-2 7-5-2-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

PC D Dia iag gn no o s tic ticss ((N No nn-In te tera racc tiv tive e Te Tes ts) ts) CPU Tes t s • CPU Test (All) (All ) - This diagnostic performs a battery of tests on your CPU to ensure it is working properly. The following tests are a complete list of the tests performed on the PC's CPU. • CPU CPU:: Registers Regist ers  - The CPU registers are tested using the default test patterns defined above. On 32 bit CPUs, the extended registers are also checked. If errors are detected, the t he failed registers are listed. • •

• •

• • •

• • • • •

CPU: Arithi metics CPU: metics  - Tests the proper function of arithmetic commands ADC, ADD, DEC, DIV, IDIV, IMUL, INC, MUL, SBB and SUB with 16 and 32-bit operands. If errors are detected, the failed commands and operands are listed. CPU: CP U: String Operations Operations  - Tests the proper operation of string commands LODS, MOVS, SCAS and STOS with 8, 16 and 32-bit operands. If errors are detected, the failed commands and operands are listed. CPU: CP U: Logi cal Operations Operations  - Tests the proper operation of logical operations AND, NOT, OR and XOR with 16 and 32-bit operands. If errors are detected, the failed operands are listed. CPU:: Math Regist ers CPU ers  - Tests coprocessor register stack, pointers and commands FLDLZ, FLDPI, FLDLN2, FLDLG2, FLDL2T, FLDL2E and FLD1. If errors are detected, the failed steps and commands are listed. CPU: Math Commands Commands  - Tests coprocessor commands FBLD/FBSTP, FLD/FST, FXCH, FCOM, FICOM, FTST, FXAM and FUCOM. If errors are detected, the failed instructions are listed. CPU: CP U: Math Arithi metics metics  CPU: Transcendental Transcendental  - Tests coprocessor transcendental commands F2XM1, FPATAN, FPATA N, FPTAN, FYL2X, FYL2XP1, FCOS, FSIN and FSINCOS. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed. CPU: MMX Arithmetic Arithmetic  - Tests MMX commands PADD, PSUB, PMUL and PMADD. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed. CPU:: MMX Logi cal CPU cal  - Tests MMX commands PAND, PANDN, POR and PXOR. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed. CPU: MMX Shift Shift  - Tests MMX commands PSLL and PSRL. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed. CPU: MMX Data Transfer   - Tests MMX commands MOVD and MOVQ. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed. CPU: MMX Misc. Misc. - Tests MMX commands PCMPEQ, PCMPGT, PACKSS, PACKUS, PUNPCK and PUNPCK. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

7 - 10

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 7-5-2-2

NOTE NO TE::

Har d Dr i v e Tes t s • Hard Drive Test (All) (All) - The Hard Drive test examines your hard disk drive using a series of tests to ensure that your drive can perform its functions. The following tests are performed on your hard drive d rive to ensure the hard disk controller and the drive mechanism are working correctly. The disk surface itself is also checked. Th The e har hard d dri drive ve te test st ca can n tak take e ove overr tten en mi minu nute tes. s.

• • •

• 7-5-2-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Hard Drive: Li near Seek Seek  - Hard disk drive heads are moved from track t rack 0 to the maximum track one track at a time. Hard Drive: Random Seek Seek  - Hard disk drive heads are moved randomly several hundred times. Hard Drive: Funnel Fun nel Seek Seek - Hard disk drive heads are moved in a funnel fashion, i.e., from the first track on the drive to the last, then to the second track, then to the second to last track, then to the third track, and so on. Hard Drive: Surface Scan Scan  - This test scans for surface defects on the hard disk drive.

Mem o r y Tes t s • Me Memory mory Test Test (All) (All)  - Eighteen test patterns are used to test memory locations. If errors are detected, the address of the block the error was detected in is shown. During testing, these diagnostics will also look out for parity errors and other exceptions. These will be added to the Test Log as errors if encountered. • Me Memory: mory: Pattern Pattern Test Test  - PC-Doctor uses several test patterns to test as much memory as possible. • Me Memory: mory: Pa Parity rity Te Test st  - This test checks for parity errors on the memory bus during intensive string transfer operations. If an error is detected, the address of the failed block is displayed.

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

7 - 11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 7-5-2-4 NOTE: NOT E:

CD/DVD Dr iivv e Tes t Althoug Although h the global global aspect aspect o off the diagno diagnosti stics cs allo allow w for for DVD testin testing, g, tthe he LOGI LOGIQ™ Q™ P5/A5/ P5/A5/A5Pr A5Pro o do does es not have a DVD drive.(Option)

•

NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

DVD/CD-ROM Test (All DVD/CD-ROM (A ll)) - The CD-ROM/DVD test examines the CD-ROM/DVD drive to make sure it is working properly. You may use either a data CD-ROM disk or a DVD disk for these tests. You cannot use an audio CD, such as a regular commercial music CD, with this test.

The PC is someti sometimes mes slow slow in recogni recognizin zing gan newl ewly y inser inserted ted CD-ROM CD-ROM/DV /DVD D disk. disk. It is is be best st to wai waitt a few few seconds after inserting a disk into the drive before you run any tests.

There are two types of CD-ROM/DVD tests:

• • •

• • 7-5-2-5

1.) Seek Tests: Ensures the drive can access all locations on a disk, and 2.) Read Tests: Ensures the drive can read all the data. DVD/CD-ROM: DVD/C D-ROM: Lin ear Seek Seek  - Tests that all locations locat ions can be accessed on a CD-ROM or DVD disk in a linear fashion, starting from the first to the last. DVD/CD-ROM DVD/C D-ROM:: Rand om Seek Seek - Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD-ROM or DVD disk randomly. DVD/CD-ROM: DVD/C D-ROM: Funn el Seek Seek  - Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD-ROM or DVD disk in a funnel fashion, starting from the first then moving to the last, then, at the next pass starting from the second location then moving to the next to the last, and so on DVD/CD-ROM: Lin ear Read DVD/CD-ROM: Read  - Reads the data on the CD-ROM or DVD in a linear fashion, starting from the start to the end. DVD/CD-ROM: Random Read Read  - Reads the data on the CD-ROM or DVD randomly.

Vi d eo Tes t • Video Test (All) (All) - This diagnostic tests your system's video capabilities. This involves testing the video memory with 18 patterns, testing your graphics acceleration, and text output. You will see these tests being performed on your monitor. You can cancel this test at any time by hitting the Escape (Esc) key. The following tests are performed on your monitor: •

Video: Memory Memory  - Video memory is tested by filling the video buffer with 18 test patterns, one pattern at a time. The tests will fill the entire screen with a single color.

•

Video: Data Transfer   - This  testsasthe graphics acceleration partsquares of yourand video controller.ofThese tests will appear on your screen black and white concentric rectangles various sizes and colors. If errors are detected, the locations of the problems are displayed. Video: Text Output Output  - This test prints a text string in random sizes and colors to tests your video device driver and video controller.

•

7 - 12

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

7-5-2-6

USB Te Tes t (No t ye yet su s u pp pp or or te ted ) • USB Tes t (A l l ) • USB Confi onfigu gura rati tion on Test • USB De Dev i c es Te Tes t

7-5-2-7

PCI Boa Board Confi onfigu gura rati tion on Test A bus is a set of circuits, wires or connectors which connect the various components of your system. A PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) bus is a fast standard bus which is common in Pentium systems. Various tests are run on the PCI bus in order to ensure it is working up to speed. The motherboard is scanned to verify the configuration space and to make sure the diagnostics can communicate with the board.

7-5-2-8

Net w o r k Tes t

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

7 - 13

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-5-3 7-5-3-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

PC Dia iag gn no o ssti ticc s (In te tera racc tiv tive e Tes ts) ts) K ey b o ar d Tes t 1.) Click Keyboard Test from Test  from the PC Diagnostics interactive tests menu. 2.) Click the the Test button. button. A keyboard layout layout is displayed displayed on which which you can see the keys of your your keyboard. 3.) Press each key key on your keyboard keyboard once and make sure that that the corresponding corresponding keys keys on-screen on-screen are removed from view. If a key on-screen is not removed, that key may be damaged and you may have to have your keyboard repaired or replaced. 4.) To reset the keyboard, keyboard, click click the the Reset Keys button. button. 5.) To exit exit the the test, test, click click Clos Close. e.

7-5-3-2

A u d i o Tes t 1.) Click Au  Audi dio o Tes t  from the PC Diagnostic interactive tests menu. 2.) To test the WAV sound reproduc reproduction tion click click Left Channel, Channel, Right Channel, Channel, or Both Channels Channels to test test your speakers. You should hear a guitar chord. 3.) To test MIDI sound sound reproduction reproduction click click the button button under MIDI. You should should hear a few seconds seconds of recorded music. 4.) Click on on the Beep button. button. You should should hear a low low “beep” “beep” from your PC. PC. If no sound is produced in these tests, choose the More Info button in the Audio Test dialog box for information about possible causes and solutions.

7 - 14

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 7-5-3-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Mo u s e Tes t 1.) Click Mouse Test from Test  from the PC Diagnostic interactive tests menu. The Mouse test dialog box presents you like Figure 7-8.

Figur e 7-8 Mouse Test 2.) The Mouse coordin coordinates ates are display displayed ed when the trackba trackballll is moved. moved. 3.) Press the right right Button (Set B/Pause B/Pause Button) on the front panel, panel, the Mouse which which is turned to Yellow on the right side is shown on the monitor.

Figur e 7-9 4.) Left Butto Button n is the the same same as above above.. Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

7 - 15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-5-4

FRU Tes t

7-5-4-1

SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM These programs are provided for testing the SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM board. Table 7-2 Menu

7 - 16

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

FRU FRU Test, SYSC SYSCON ONPM PM/S /SYS YSCO CONC NCM M Diagnostics Menu Menu Descriptions

User L ev el

To o l s

Full Test

Performs all of the L1 SYSCON board tests listed below

All

None

 As sy Revisi Revi si on Test

Test EEPROM. Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read Displays the board revision of the SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM board

All

None

USC I/F Test

The CL1TRX, P3RLY, optional ACWD boards are connected to the SYSCONPM/ SYSCONCM via the USC bus. The DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM accesses the boards above to check if the USC bus is connected properly to each board.

All

None

FEBUS Test

Checks if The DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM accessed the boards, CL1TRX/ BL1TRX and ACWD, via the FEBUS.

All

None

TRIG Test

Ch Chec eckk th thee tr trig igge gerr max, max, mi min n an andd ev ever er inte interv rval al

Al Alll

None None

PCI I/F Test

Se Send ndss the the comm comman andd to th the e DSP DSP to ch chec eckk the the SDR SDRAM AM in SY SYSC SCON ONPM PM/S /SYS YSCO CONC NCM M Al Alll

None None

DSP Memory Test

Send Sendss th thee comm comman andd to th the e DS DSP P to chec checkk th thee inte intern rnal al DS DSP P me memo mory ry

All All

No None ne

Board Temperature

Read SYSCON Board Temperature.

All

None

CHACOM I/F Test

Sends the command to read / write data from DSP to CHACOM

GE FE Only

None

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 7-5-4-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

CL 1TRX/B L 1TRX These programs are provided for testing the CL1TRX /BL1TRZboard. Table 77-3 3

FRU FRU Test, CL1TR CL1TRX/ X/BL1 BL1TR TRX X Diagnost Diagnost ics Menu Menu Descriptions

Menu Full Test

Performs all of the CL1TRX/BL1TRX board tests listed below

User L ev el

To o l s

All

None

 As sy Revi  Assy Revisi si on Test

Test EEPROM. Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read Displays the board revision of the CL1TRX/BL1TRX board

All

None

USC I/F Test

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM can access the CL1TRX/BL1TRX boards via USB bus.

All

None

FEBUS Test

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM can access the CL1TRX/BL1TRX board via FE bus.

All

None

HV Test

Read HV Power

All

None

PGC Test

Sends the test data High, Mid, Low level to PGC Register, then CL1TRX/BL1TRX read result data and verify it.

All

None

TEST Wave Test BL1TRX read result data and verify it.

All

None

TRX Data Memory Test

Send the command to read / write to TRX data memory.

All

None

OQX2 Test

The DSP in L1SYSCON reads and writes the OQCARD registers in CL1TRX/BL1TRX All via FE bus.

None

TPG2 Test

The DSP in L1SYSCON reads and writes the TPG2 registers in CL1TRX/BL1TRX via FE bus.

Sends the test data High, Mid, Low level to Test wave Register, then CL1TRX/

Send test wave pattern to the input stage of preamp on CL1TRX/BL1TRX, perform 64

RX Channel Test channel scanning, Read raw data, and analyze it.

Send test wave pattern to the CL1TRX/BL1TRX, read returned small signal, Read the

TX Channel Test data and analyze it. Note: APS/APS Pro HV test is required prior to the TRX TX channel test.

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

7 - 17

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 7-5-4-3 NOTE NO TE::

P3RL Y/P2RL Y These programs are provided for testing the P3RLY/P2RLY board. A Con Conve vex x Pro Probe be is ne need eded ed fo forr RLY RLY Chan Channe nell T Tes est. t.

Table 77-4 4

FRU FRU Test, P3 P3RL RLY Y Diagnostics Diagnostics Menu Menu Descriptions

Menu

7-5-4-4

User L ev el

To o l s

Full Test

Performs all of the P3RLY/P2RLY board tests listed below

GE FE Only

None

 As sy Revi Revisi si on Test

Test EEPROM. Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and readDisplays the board revision of the P3RLY/P2RLY board

All

None

FEBUS Test

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM can access the P3RLY/P2RLY board GE FE via FE bus. Only

None

SHV Test

Send the command to SHV resister in P3RLY/P2RLY board to read SHV status.

GE FE Only

None

OPEN Test

Checks whether probe connected or not on P3RLY/P2RLY.

GE FE Only

Probe

PROBE CODE

Checks if the 8 bits of the Probe Code in the probe connector is properly connected. connected. If connected probe is available, display code and Probe name.

A CWD These programs are provided for testing the ACWD board. Table 77-5 5

FRU FRU Test, ACWD ACWD Diagnostics Diagnostics Menu Menu

Menu

7 - 18

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Descriptions

User L ev el

To o l s

Full Test

Performs all of the ACWD board test listed below

All

None

 As sy Revi Revisi si on TEst

Test EEPROM.Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and readDisplays the board revision of the ACWD board

All

None

USC Interface Test

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCNCM SYSCONPM/SYSCNCM can access the ACWD boards via USB All bus.

None

FEBUS Test

Allows SYSCONPM/SYSCNCM SYSCONPM/SYSCNCM to access FE bus interface in the ACWD in order to check if FE bus line is normal.

IQ Data Read

Send the command to perform CW scanning, read IQ data from assigned memory, analyze the data with FFT algorithm.

Probe Connection

Checks whether ACWD probe connected or not.

Channel Test

Generate test pattern, perform 32 channel scanning in ACWD, read the data and analyze it.

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 7-5-4-5

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

A PS/A PS Pr o These programs are provided for testing the APS board. Table 77-6 6

FRU FRU Test, APS Diagnostics Diagnostics Menu Menu Descriptions

Menu

7-5-4-6

User L ev el

To o l s

Full Test

Performs all of the APS test listed below

All

None

HV voltage stability

Read HV voltage and display HV values.

All

None

LV voltage stability

Read HV voltage and display LV values.

All

None

FRONT PA NEL These programs are provided for testing the Front panel. Table 77-7 7

FRU FRU Test, ACWD ACWD Diagnostics Diagnostics Menu Menu Descriptions

Menu FRONT PANEL

User L ev el

To o l s

Performs all of the Front Panel tests listed below

All

None

Overall FRONT PANEL Revision

Test EEPROM.Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read.Displays the board revision of the Front Panel.

All

None

ROM

Makes akes a check heck of inte intern rnal al RO ROM M ch chec eckk su sum. m.

All

None one

RAM

Writes / reads data over all address of RAM and also makes a check of control program.

All

None

EEPROM

Writes / reads data over all address of EEPROM

All

None

SWITCH

Test switch in Front Panel.

All

None

Echoback

Rotate or depress any key, Verify that it is displayed on the CRT monitor. To finish the All test, press “Abort” key and wait until complete message appears.

None

NOTE: NOT E:

For the EchoBac EchoBack k test, test, it iis s highl highly y recom recommen mended ded to pres press s a but button ton less less th than an ttwo wo time times s pe perr a second.

NOTE: NOT E:

When When Ab Abort ort butt button on is is press pressed ed to to finis finish h Ec EchoBa hoBack ck test test,, yo you u ha have ve to to w wait ait unti untill “Comp “Complet leted. ed.”” message is displayed to proceed other tests.

Sec t i o n 7-5 - Co m m o n Di ag n o s t i c s

7 - 19

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 7-6 LED Descr Descripti iptions ons 7-6-1

CL 1TRX/B L 1TRX A s s y The CL1TRX/BL1TRX Assy is located at the No.1 slot in the NEST Assy. Table 77-8 8

7-6-2

LEDs LEDs on CL1TR CL1TRX/ X/BL1 BL1TR TRX X Assy

LED

Descriptions

Normal State

DS1

FPGA configuration OK status Indicator

Normally Blinking

P3RL Y/P2RL Y A s s y The P3RLY Assy is located at the front of the NEST Assy. Table 77-9 9

7-6-3

LEDs LEDs on P3 P3RL RLY/ Y/P2 P2RL RLY Y Assy

LED

Descriptions

Normal State

D1

MUX embedded Probe Recognition Indicator

Normally On

D2

Selected probe connector position number bit 0

Depend on live probe position

D3

Selected probe connector position number bit 1

Depend on live probe position

D4

FPGA Configuration OK status indicator

Normally On

SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM A s s y The SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM Assy is located at the No.3 slot of the NEST Assy. Table able 77-10 10

7 - 20

LEDs on L1SYSCON Assy

LED

Descriptions

Normal State

DS1

CPDI FPGA configuration OK indicator

Normally On

DS2

Frame Start signal. Scan running status indicator

Normally blinking on scanning

DS3

FEBC FPGA configuration OK indicator

Normally On

DS4

DSP operation OK indicator

Normally blinking

Sec t i o n 7-6 - L ED Des c r i p t i o n s

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-6-4 NOTE NO TE::

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

A PS/A PS Pr o A s s y HVL+ HVL+ and and HVL HVL-- are are not not ava avail ilab able le fo forr APS APS PRO. PRO.

The APS/APS Pro Assy is located at the No. 4 slot of the NEST Assy. Table able 77-1 11

LEDs on APS/APS Pro Assy

LED

Descriptions

Normal State

DP5 (Top)

Digital 5V output indicator

Normally On

LP5

Live Power 5V output indicator

Normally On

AP6

Analog 6V output indicator

Normally On

DP33

Digital 3.3V output indicator

Normally On

SHV+

SHV+ output indicator status indicator

Normally On

HVL+

HVL+ level indicator

Normally On in CFM mode or PW mode

HVH+ (Bottom)

HVH+ level indicator

Normally On in B mode

Sec t i o n 7-6 - L ED Des c r i p t i o n s

7 - 21

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sectio Se ction n 7-7T 7-7Troub rouble le Shooting Shootin g Tree 7-7-1

Sy s t em Do es No t Po w er On / B o o t Up

NO

Is the scanner plugged in? Make sure the scanner is not plugged into emergency power (red outlet);

Yes

Is the AC at the wall outlet?

NO

Check if wall power is alive

Yes Is the circuit breaker ON?

NO

Yes

Press the on/off switch to boot the system. Is the on/off switch illuminated with an green color and can you listen fan sound of inside?

NO

Check if the standby 5V od APS is alive Make sure AC power connector and control signal connector is plugged properly

Yes

Does the scanner boot up?

NO

If HDD indicator is blinking after power on, check the monitor cable Check BIOS or replace PM SOM module

Yes Scanner is ON and ready for use. Figur e 7-10 Power On / Boo t Up Flowc hart 7 - 22

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Sy s t em Do es No t B o o t

System doesn’t boot!

Is the AC power cable seated to the Scanner and to the wall power outlet?

NO

Connect the AC power cable between the Scanner and the wall power outlet in right way.

YES

Is the main breaker turned ON?

NO

Turn ON the main breaker of the Scanner.

YES

Has the ON/OFF  key on the Control Panel been pressed once?

NO

Press the ON/OFF button on the Control Panel.

YES Go on to the next page.

Figure 7-11 7-11 System does not Boot

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 23

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-2 7-7 -2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Syst System em Does Not Boo t (cont’d)

System doesn’t boot! (cont’d)

NO

Do the fans start to run?

Check; 1. 1.)) AC Po Pow wer  2.) AC Trans Transfo form rmer  er 

YES

NO

Is the SOM module starting to display start-up screens on the monitor?

Check/replace the PM SOM/CM SOM module.

YES

NO

Is the LOGIQ starting display shown on the monitor?

Turn off the power, wait a few seconds, and try to turn on the power again. Go on to the next page. Figure 7-12 7-12 System does not Boot (contd.) (contd.)

7 - 24

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-2 7-7 -2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Syst System em Does Not Boo t (cont’d)

System doesn’t boot! (cont’d)

Are the Control Panel keys lit?

NO

1. 1.)) Chec Checkk the the Cont Contro roll Panel cable connection. 2. 2.)) Chec Check/ k/re repl plac ace e Control Panel.

YES

END

Is regular scan display shown on the monitor?

NO

Press and hold the main switch for five (5) seconds to reboot the system.

YES

Go to Scan Procedure section. Figure 7-13 7-13 System does not Boot (contd.)

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 25

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

No i s e i n Im ag e

Noise is shown in Image.

Is there any electrical devices that affect the Scanner?

YES

Keep the Scanner away from those electrical devices.

NO

Check probes.

Figur e 7-14 7-14 Noise in Image

7 - 26

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Un ab l e t o Sc an

Unable to scan!

Are probes connected in right way?

NO

Check the probe connection.

YES

END

Are other operations possible?

NO

YES

Check the HV power supply unit.

Restart the scanner.

Figure Figu re 7-15 Unable to Scan

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 27

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-5

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Tr ac k b al l

The trackball is low sensitive!

Does the trackball move at all?

NO

YES

Remove the ball from the Trackball, and clean it.

Replace the trackball unit.

Figure 7-16 7-16 Trackball Troubl eshooting

7 - 28

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-6 NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Mo n i t o r Tr o u b l es h o o t i n g Reset Reset the the moni monitor tor setting settings s to the factory factory defaul defaults ts prio priorr to tro troubl ublesh eshooti ooting ng tthe he moni monitor tor..

the  15” monitor.  monitor. NOTICE Comments to remember about the 15” The monitor is the diagnostic monitor and is connected to AC 110/220 VAC. The monitor powers down with the console. Power output from AC Power assy via AC distributor in AC Transbox assy: When the monitor is not connected to the AC power there is a leakage current which when measured with a DVM can indicate high voltage. When a load is applied, the voltage collapses to low voltage if the monitor is not switched on.

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 29

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

77-77-6 6

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Monito Monitorr Troubl Troubleshooti eshooting ng (cont’d)

Press once the on/off switch.

NO

Is the shutdown dialog box displayed?

Press and hold on/off switch until system shut down.

Yes Shutdown the scanner from a software screen or depress the ON/OFF switch Depress and hold the ON/OFF switch on the scanner for approximately 5 seconds. Did the scanner Shut off?

NO

If the scanner fails to Shut Off, follow the step below. Check cable connection refer 7-10-5 If the scanner still does not Shut off, Switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position.

Yes Switch the breaker to the OFF position.to completely Power Down the scanner.

Figure 7-17 7-17 Monitor Troub leshootin g •

•

•

7 - 30

Monitor do does no not wo work Check A AC C ci circuit bbrreaker  Ve Veri rify fy po powe werr iiss pre prese sent nt at moni monito torr oout utle lett Chec Checkk if vide videoo iiss pre prese sent nt at ba back ckpl plan ane e Pr Prin ints ts do not not mat match ch moni monito tor  r  Verify Verify facto factory ry defaul defaultt setting settings. s. Chapte Chapterr 18 in the the User User Manual Manual calls calls out out sugges suggested ted setti settings ngs for for various exam and lighting conditions. Video Video test test pattern patternss are are not not clear clear,, brigh bright, t, para paralle llell or square square Replace the monitor 

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-7

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Un ab l e t o Rec o r d t o VCR

Unable to record to VCR!

Is the VCR properly connected?

YES

NO

Check that all signal, and power supply cable connections to the VCR unit are OK.

Is the VCR tape put into the device?

NO

Put the tape into the device and rewind it.

YES

Is recording unable even by manual operation?

YES

NO

- Check the signal cable connections between VCR and Internal I/O. - Check the cables between BEP and Internal I/O

Replace VCR. Figur e 7-18 VCR Trou blesh ooting oot ing

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 31

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-8

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Pr i n t e r T Trr o u b l es h o o t i n g

Unable to use Printer(s)!

Is the printer(s) properly connected?

YES

NO

Check that all signal, and power supply cable connections between Printer and Scanner are OK.

Are there print papers left?

NO

Insert the printer papers.

YES

Is proper configuration for the Print key(s) set?

NO

Configure the Print key(s).

See next page.

Figure 7-19 7-19 Printer Troub leshootin g

7 - 32

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

77-77-8 8

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Printer Troublesho oti oting ng (cont’d)

Still unable to use the Printer(s)!

Is printing unavailable even by manual operation? YES

NO

Check the USB cables Between backplane and usb port.

Is there an error message on the monitor display?

NO

YES

Replace SOM module.

Replace the Printer. Figure 7-20 7-20 Printer Troub leshooti ng (contd.)

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 33

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-9

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

DVD-RW Tr o u b l es h o o t i n g

Unable to record to CD-R or DVD -R!

Is a new, unused CD-R disc inserted to the drive?

NO

Insert a new, un-used CD-R disc.

YES

Are CD-Rs rated at the proper write

NO

speed? YES

Acquire CD-Rs rated at the proper write speed.

Replace SOM Module.

Figur e 7-21 7-21 CD-RW CD-RW Trou blesh oot ing

7 - 34

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

7-7-10 7-7-10-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Net w o r k Tr o ou u b l es es h o o t in in g No Conn Conne ect ction ion to to the Network twork at at All All 1.) Check that that the network cable cable between between the scanner and and the wall network network is connected connected and well seated in both ends. 2.) Try a network network cable that is known to be OK. OK. 3.) Check the the cable between between the the SYSCONPM(SYSCOMC SYSCONPM(SYSCOMCM) M) and Rear Panel. Panel. 4.) Connect Connec Crossed netwo rk cable betw the Scanner Scanne r and your PC. to pingisfrom scanner to the IPt aaddress onnetwork the PC. If OK,between the een hardware connection inside theTry scanner OK.the scanner

7-77-7-10 10-2 -2

No Conta Contact ct With With Ser Serve ver, r, But Conne Connection ction to Net Network work is is OK OK Check Network setup on the scanner.

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

7 - 35

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

77-77-10 10

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Ne Networ twor k Troubl Troubleshooti eshooti ng (cont’d)

No Connection to the Network

Is the TCP/IP Cable between LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro and network outlet connected and well

NO

Connect the cable and verify that it is well seated in both ends.

YES

Try a network cable that is known to be OK

Is the connection OK now?

NO

YES

Replace the AEXP cable between SYSCON and Rear panel.

Is the cable between SYSCON and Rear Panel OK?

NO

Replace the Rear Panel.

YES Connect a Crossed Network Cable between the Scanner and your PC/ Laptop. Try to ping from the PC/Laptop to LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro.  If OK, the hardware connection inside LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is OK.

Figure 7-22 7-22 Network Network T Troubl roubl eshootin g 7 - 36

Sec t i o n 7-7 - Tr o u b l e Sh o o t i n g Tr ee

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Chapt hapte er 8 Replacement Procedures Secti Se ction on 8-1 Overview 8-1-1

Pu r p o s e o f Ch ap t er 8 This chapter describes replacement procedures for the following modules and subsystems. Sec t i o n

Des c r i p t i o n

Pag e Nu m b er  

8-1

Overview

8-1

8-2

DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY

8-2

8-3

Software Loading Procedure

8-117

8-4

Software Installation

8-129

8-5

Full Backup/Restore Procedure

8-159

8-6

Software Reloading

8-163

8-7

Mechanical Option Installation instruction

8-173

Table 8-1

Content ontentss in Cha hapte pterr 8

Sec t i o n 8-1 - Ov er v i ew

8-1

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Section Secti on 8-2 DISASSE DISASSEMBLY/REMBLY/RE-ASSEM ASSEMBL BLY Y WARNING ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD REMOVE ANY COVERS OR PANELS. ELECTRICAL HAZARDS EXISTS AT SEVERAL POINTS INSIDE. BECOME THOROUGH THOR OUGHLY LY FAMILIAR WITH ALL HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENT CURRENT LEVELS TO A VOID ACCIDENTAL ACCIDENTAL CONTACT

ESD wrist st rap when you r emove a part part of p ower supp ly uni t. Turn OFF OFF power CAUTION Do not wear the ESD and unplug th e power cord before removin removin g a part part of power supp ly unit. However be sure to turn off po wer and wear wear the strap before you remove a circuit b oards. WARNING DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

8-2

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

8-2-1

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

L CD Pl as t i c f i l t er  

8-2-1-1

To o l s • Comm Common on Phil Phillilips ps scre screwd wdri rive vers rs • All Allen/U /Unnbra racco wr wrench • Stubb Stubbyy scr screw ewdr driv iver er (Fl (Flat at tip tip and and Cro Cross ss tip tip))

8-2-1-2

Rem o v al p prr o c ed u r e 1.) Remove the LP5 Monitor Monitor cover set. Refer Refer to the 8-2-2 "Monitor cover set" on page 8-5 8-5.. 2.) Remove Remove the the LCD LCD Plasti Plasticc filter. filter.

Figure 8-1 8-1 Removin Removin g the LCD plastic filter  3.) Put the LCD plastic plastic filter filter on the LCD monitor monitor after detaching detaching the tape of the the LCD plastic plastic filter.

Figure 8-2 8-2 Putting the LCD LCD plastic filter on the LCD monit or  Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8-3

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-1-2 8-2 -1-2

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 4.) Perform the following following functional functional tests. If all are successful, successful, include the debrief debrief script provided provided below. Table 8-2

8-2-1-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Function unctiona al Tests ests

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

Section 4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

Section 4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

Section 4-8-2

LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure

Section 10-5-5

Physical Inspection

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-1. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

Mo u n t i n g Pr Pr o c ed u r e 1.) Install Install the LCD monitor monitor cover parts parts in the reverse order order of removal procedur procedure. e. Refer to the 8-2-2 "Monitor cover set" on page 8-5. 8-5. 2.) Put the label on the rear of of the LCD LCD monitor. monitor.

Figure 8-3 8-3 Putting the label label on the rear rear of the LCD monit or 

8-4

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

8-2-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Mo n i t o r c o v er s et

8-2-2-1

To o l s • Comm Common on pilI pilIip ipss scre screwd wdri rive vers rs • All Allen/U /Unnbra racco wr wrench • Stubb Stubbyy scr screw ewdr driv iver er (Fl (Flat at tip tip and and Cro Cross ss tip tip))

8-2-2-2

Rem o v al p prr o c ed u r e 1.) Remove Remove the the LCD LCD cable cable cover. cover.

Figure 8-4 8-4 Removin Removin g the LCD cable cover  2.) Unscrew 1 screw screw (2306565, (2306565, BH M4x16 WHT) to remove remove the power cord bracket bracket assembled assembled under the LCD cable cover.

Figure 8-5 8-5 Removin Removin g the power cord bracket bracket

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8-5

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-2-2 8-2 -2-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 3.) Disconnect Disconnect power cable and DVI cable. cable.

Figure 8-6 8-6 Disconnectin g power cable cable and and DVI DVI cable 4.) Unscrew Unscrew 2 screws(51776 screws(5177684, 84, HSH M5x20 M5x20 WHT) to separate separate LCD LCD monitor. monitor.

Figure 8-7 8-7 Separating Separating the LCD moni tor  5.) Unscrew Unscrew 4 screws screws to remove the LCD rear cover. cover.

Figure 8-8 8-8 Removin Removin g the LCD rear cover  8-6

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-2-2 8-22-2

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 6.) Unscrew Unscrew 4 screws to remove remove the the OSD key assy assy and disconnec disconnectt the connect. connect.

Figur e 8-9 Separating the OSD key assy assy 7.) Separate Separate the LCD tact tact knob and LCD LCD lamp window window from the the OSD key assy. assy.

Figure 8-10 8-10 Separating Separating the LCD LCD tact tact knob and LCD lamp window 8.) Unscrew Unscrew 5 screws screws to to remove remove LCD front cover. cover.

Figure 8-1 8-11 1 Removin Removin g the LCD front cov er 

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8-7

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-2-2 8-2 -2-2

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 9.) Perform the following following functional functional tests. If all are successful, successful, include the debrief debrief script provided provided below. Table 8-3

8-2-2-3

8-8

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Function unctiona al Tests ests

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

Section 4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

Section 4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

Section 4-8-2

LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure

Section 10-5-5

Physical Inspection

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-2. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

Mo u n t i n g Pr Pr o c ed u r e Install the each of the new part in the reverse order of removal procedure.

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

8-2-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

OSD b u utt tto o n an an d lla am p se s et, L CD CD Pla lass ttic ic Fililte ter  r 

8-2-3-1

To o l s • Comm Common on pilI pilIip ipss scre screwd wdri rive vers rs

8-2-3-2

Pr ep ar at i o n s • Shut Shut down down the the sys syste tem m and and switc switch h off the the main main bre break aker er.. • Maneuve Maneuverr control control console console to a suit suitabl able e positi position on for for removin removingg the m moni onitor. tor.

8-2-3-3

Rem o v al p prr o c ed u r e 1.) Unscrew Unscrew 4 screws screws (1-4) (1-4) from from the LCD front front cover. cover.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Figure 8-12 8-12 Unscrews 4 screws 2.) Perform the following following functional functional tests. If all are successful, successful, include the debrief debrief script provided provided below. Table 8-4

8-2-3-4

Funct Functiona ionall Test stss

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

Section 4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

Section 4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

Section 4-6-2

15" OSD Key Assy Function Validation Procedure

Section 10-5-5

Physical Inspection

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-3. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

Mo u n t i n g Pr Pr o c ed u r e Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8-9

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

8-2-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

L CD St d A r m w i t h Co v er  

8-2-4-1

To o l s • Comm Common on pilI pilIip ipss scre screwd wdri rive vers rs • Allen en/U /Unnbr braaco wr wren encch

8-2-4-2

Pr ep ar at i o n s • Shut Shut dow down n the the syste system m and and swit switch ch off off the the mai main n brea breake ker. r. • Maneuv Maneuver er contro controll consol consolee to a sui suitab table le posit position ion for for removi removing ng the moni monitor. tor.

8-2-4-3

Rem o v al p r o c ed u r e 1.) Remove Remove the the Power Power Cable, Cable, DVI Cable Cable..

DVI CABLE

POWER CABLE

Figure Figu re 8-13 Removin g the Cable 2.) Unscrew Unscrew 1 screw screw to remove the LCD LCD arm cover. cover.

Figur e 8-14 8-14 Unscr ews 1 scr ew

8 - 10

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-4-3 8-24-3

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 3.) Perform the following following functional functional tests. If all are successful, successful, include the debrief debrief script provided provided below. Table 8-5

8-2-4-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Funct Functiona ionall Test stss

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

Section 4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

Section 4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

Section 4-8-8

Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Procedure

Section 10-5-5

Physical Inspection

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-4. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

Mo u n t i n g Pr Pr o c ed u r e Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 11

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

8-2-5

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Mo n i t o r A s s y

8-2-5-1

To o l s • Comm Common on pilI pilIip ipss scre screwd wdri rive vers rs • Allen en/U /Unnbr braaco wr wren encch

8-2-5-2

Pr ep ar at i o n s • Shut Shut dow down n the the syste system m and and swit switch ch off off the the mai main n brea breake ker. r. • Maneuv Maneuver er contro controll consol consolee to a sui suitab table le posit position ion for for removi removing ng the moni monitor. tor.

8-2-5-3

Rem o v al p r o c ed u r e 1.) Detach Detach the the monitor monitor assy assy from from arm. Open m moonitor ca cable co cover  Unsc Unscrew rew a scr screw ew of th the e powe powerr con conne nect ctor or fixt fixtur ure e brac bracke kett Unpl Unplug ug th the e pow power er plug plug an and d DVI DVI co conn nnec ecto tor  r  Flip down the monitor  Unsc Unscre rew w the the 2 hex hexa a scr screw ew of th the e mon monititor or hing hinge e

Figure 8-15 8-15 Disassemble Monitor from STD arm While unscrew the hinge hexa screw from the arm, keep hold the monitor to prevent drop down.

2.) Perform the following following functional functional tests. If all are successful, successful, include the debrief debrief script provided provided below. Table 8-6

Function unctiona al Tests ests

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

Section 4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

Section 4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

Section 4-6-1 Section 10-5-2

8-2-5-4 8 - 12

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-5. Equipment 15" LCDMON II Assy & LCD Panel with filter passed all required tests and is ready for use. “ Function Validation Procedure Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)

Mo u n t i n g Pr Pr o c ed u r e Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1

8-2-6

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Fl ex ex i b l e L CD A r m Rem o v al P Prr o c ed u r e

8-2-6-1

To o l s • Comm Common on pilI pilIip ipss scre screwd wdri rive vers rs • All Allen/U /Unnbra racco wr wrench • Stubb Stubbyy scr screw ewdr driv iver er (Fl (Flat at tip tip and and Cro Cross ss tip tip))

8-2-6-2

Pr ep ar at i o n s • Shut Shut down down the the sys syste tem m and and switc switch h off the the main main bre break aker er.. • Maneuve Maneuverr control control console console to a suit suitabl able e positi position on for for removin removingg the m moni onitor. tor.

8-2-6-3

Rem o v al p prr o c ed u r e 1.) Remove Remove the the LCD LCD cable cable cover. cover.

Figur e 8-16 Removin g the LCD cable cover  cov er  2.) Unscrew 1 screw screw (2306565, (2306565, BH M4x16 WHT) to remove remove the power cord bracket bracket assembled assembled under the LCD cable cover.

Figure 8-17 8-17 Removin Removin g the power cord bracket

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 13

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-2 -6-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 3.) Disconnect Disconnect power cable and DVI cable. cable.

Figure 8-1 8-18 8 Disconnecting pow er ca cable ble and and DVI DVI cable 4.) Unscrew Unscrew 1 screw screw (2329677, (2329677, TAP M4X16) M4X16) to remove remove the the Fold cover. cover.

Figure 8-19 8-19 Removin Removin g the Fold cover  5.) Unscrew Unscrew 2 screws (2159634 (2159634,, BH M4x10 WHT) WHT) to remove the the Cable clamp. clamp.

Figur e 8-20 8-20 Removin g the Cable clamp 8 - 14

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-26-3

NOTE: NOT E:

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 6.) Unscrew 2 screws screws (5177684, (5177684, HSH M5x20 M5x20 WHT) to separate separate the LCD MONITOR MONITOR and 1 screw (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the Cable bracket. While While unscr unscrewi ewing ng the hinge hinge hexa hexa screw screw fro from m the the arm, arm, k keep eep hold hold of of the the moni monitor tor to prevent prevent dropping down.

Figure 8-2 8-21 1 Separating Separating the LCD LCD monitor & Removing the Cable Cable bracket. bracket. 7.) Unscrew 2 screws (2337572 (2337572,, FH M3x6 WHT) WHT) to remove the the Arm cover cover L & R.

Figure 8-2 8-22 2 Removin Removin g the Arm cover L & Arm cover R 8.) Unscrew 2 screws (2159632 (2159632,, BH M4x6 WHT) WHT) to remove the the Cam cover cover L & R.

Figure 8-2 8-23 3 Removin Removin g the Cam Cam cover L & Cam Cam cover R Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 15

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-2 -6-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 9.) Unscrew Unscrew 4 screws (215963 (2159634, 4, BH M4x10 WHT) WHT) to remove the the Arm bottom bottom cover.

Figure 8-24 8-24 Removin Removin g the Arm bottom cover 10.)Unscrew 1 screw (2329677, TAP M4X16) to remove the Lock cover.

Figure 8-25 8-25 Removin Removin g the Lock cover  11.) Unscrew 2 screws (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the Lower arm guide bracket.

Figure 8-26 8-26 Removin Removin g the Lower arm arm guide bracket bracket 8 - 16

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-26-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 12.)Unscrew 2 screws (2159626, PH M4X20) to remove the Arm stopper.

Figure 8-27 8-27 Removin Removin g the Arm stopper  13.) Pull out power cable & DVI cable. Make sure flexible arm not to rotate.

Figure 8-2 8-28 8 Pulling out pow er cable cable & DVI DVI cable 14.) Unscrew 4 screws (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the Lower arm cable bracket and pull out power cable & DVI cable.

Figure 8-29 8-29 Unscrewing 4 screws Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 17

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-2 -6-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 15.)Unscrew 15.) Unscrew 3 screws (2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) after removing the rubber caps to remove neck front cover, neck rear cover.

Figure 8-30 8-30 Unscrewing 3 screws and and removing th e neck front cover & neck rear rear cover  16.)Unscrew 3 screws(5327646, HSH M6X16 WHT) to separate the flexible arm neck pipe.

Figure 8-3 8-31 1 Separating Separating the neck pipe

8 - 18

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-26-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 17.)Unscrew 1 screw (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the OP bracket.

Figur e 8-32 8-32 Removin g OP brack et 18.) Unscrew 3 screws (2373562, FH M4x10 YEL) to separate the Flexible arm stopper (A+B).

Figure 8-33 8-33 Separa Separating ting the flexible arm stopper 

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 19

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-2 -6-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 19.)Pull out power cable & DVI cable and remove the oilless bush after separating the neck pipe.

Figure 8-34 8-34 Pulling out po wer cable & DVI DVI cable cable and removin removin g the stopper 

8 - 20

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-3 8-26-3

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Removal pro cedur e (cont’d) 20.)Perform 20.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below. Table 8-7

Funct Functiona ionall Test stss

Service Manual Sec t i o n

Fu n c t i o n al Tes t / Di ag n o s t i c Tes t

Section 4-3-1

Power On/Boot Up

Section 4-3-2

Power Off / Shutdown

Section 4-8-8

Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Procedure

Section 10-5-5

Physical Inspection

Deb r i ef Sc r i p t

“Service Manual, Direction 5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-6. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 21

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 8-2-6-4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

A s s em b l y p r o c ed u r e First, remove LP5/LA5 Main Main K/B Ass y and L P5/LA5 P5/LA5 Sub K/B Assy 1.) Change the the MON PWR CONN LONG LONG cable and remove remove the cable tie tie of the DVI cable for flexible flexible arm.

MON PWR CONN CONN LONG cable cabl e

Figur e 8-35 8-35 Changin g the MON PWR CONN CONN LONG LONG cable

8 - 22

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-2-6 2-6-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 2.) Assemble Assemble tthe he LCD locking locking mechani mechanism. sm. a.) Put the stopper stopper pin inside inside the spring and then then put them inside inside the spring holder. holder. Fix it with spring pin.

Figure 8-36 8-36 Assemblin g the sprin g holder Assy b.) Put lock tite tite 290 on the M16 M16 tap of the spring spring holder holder Assy and and screw it. it.

Figure 8-37 8-37 Screwing the sprin g hold er Assy

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 23

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-22-66-4 4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) b-1) Mold die of AL neck frame modified as seen in the figure below does not need a nut.

Figure 8-38 8-38 Screwing the sprin g holder Assy c.) Insert holder holder grip as seen seen the picture below below and fix it with 2set 2set screws(232758 screws(2327580, 0, M2.6X4).

Figure 8-39 8-39 Assemblin g the holder grip

8 - 24

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-2-6 2-6-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 3.) Insert two of the the flexible arm arm stoppers stoppers (A+B) to the Power Cable Cable and DVI cable in the Order Order illustrated on the figure below. Make sure that chamfered chamfer ed shape of the flexible Arm stopper should face inside.

Flexible Arm Stopper 

Figure 8-40 8-40 Inserting cables to the flexible arm arm stopper  4.) Insert oilless oilless bush into the flexible flexible arm neck pipe and insert insert two cables into the flex flexible ible arm neck pipe.

Figure 8-41 8-41 Inserting the oilless bush 5.) Insert the the flexible flexible arm into the the flexible flexible arm neck pipe. pipe.

Figure 8-42 8-42 Inserting the flexible arm arm Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 25

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-22-66-4 4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 6.) Screw 3 screws screws (2373562, FH M4X10 M4X10 YEL) to fix the flexible arm stopper stopper after adjusting adjusting the holes. holes.

Figure 8-43 8-43 Fixing the flexible arm arm stopper  7.) Screw 1 screw (2159625, (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) W/SP) to install install OP bracket. bracket.

Figur e 8-44 8-44 Install ing OP Bracket 8.) Screw 3 screws screws (5327646, (5327646, HSH M6X16 WHT) to install install the arm neck neck pipe. Make sure sure place DVI cable be on the right side, power cable on the left side.

Figure 8-45 8-45 Assemblin g the arm neck pipe 8 - 26

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-2-6 2-6-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 9.) Screw 2 screws screws (5177684, (5177684, HSH M5X20 WHT) to assemble assemble the LCD monitor monitor with flexible flexible arm Top part.

Figur e 8-46 Screwin g 2 screws scr ews 10.)Insert the two cables inside the Flexible arm and Screw 4 screws (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to assemble the Lower arm cable bracket.

Figur e 8-47 Screwin g 4 screws scr ews 11.)Put in the two cables. Make sure place DVI cable be on the right side, power cable on the left side.

Figure 8-48 8-48 Putting in the cables Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 27

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-22-66-4 4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 12.)Screw 2 screws (2159626, PH M4X20) to assemble the Arm stopper.

Figure 8-49 8-49 Installing the Arm stopper  13.)Screw 2 screws (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to assemble the Lower arm guide bracket.

Figure 8-50 8-50 Assemblin g the Lower arm guide bracket 14.)Tie the Cables with Cable tie.

Figur e 8-51 8-51 Tying the cables 8 - 28

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-2-6 2-6-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 15.)Place the cables inside the slot and connect power cable and DVI cable.

Figur e 8-52 8-52 Placing the Cables 16.)Assemble the Cable bracket with 1 Screw (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP)

Figure 8-53 8-53 Assemblin g the Cable Cable bracket 17.)Screw 2 screws (2159634, BH M4X10 WHT) to assemble the Cable clamp.

Figure 8-54 8-54 Assemblin g the Cable Cable clamp Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 29

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-22-66-4 4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 18.)Place the cables like the figure below.

Figur e 8-55 8-55 Placing the cables 19.)Screw 1 screw (2306565, BH M4X16 WHT) to fix the Power cable.

Figure 8-56 8-56 Assemblin g the power cord bracket

8 - 30

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-2-6 2-6-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 20.)Assemble the LCD cable cover.

Figure 8-57 8-57 Assemblin g the LCD cable cover 

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 31

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-22-66-4 4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 21.)Screw 21.) Screw 3 screws (2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) after placing the neck front cover and neck Rear cover.

Figure 8-58 8-58 Assemblin g the neck front cover and the neck neck rear rear cover  22.)Screw 1 screw (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to assemble the Lock Knob.

Figure 8-59 8-59 Assemblin g the Lock Knob

8 - 32

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

 

GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141, REVISION 1 88-2-6 2-6-4 -4

 ANUAL L  L OGIQ™ P5 SERVICE M ANUA

Assembly procedur e (cont’d) 23.)Screw 1 screw (2329677, TAP M4X16) to assemble the Lock Cover.

Figure 8-60 8-60 Assembling the Lock Cover 

Sec t i o n 8-2 - DISA SSEMB L Y/RE-A SSEMB L Y

8 - 33